&EPA
United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
       Tracer-Test Planning Using the
       Efficient Hydrologic Tracer-Test
       Design (EHTD) Program

-------
Cover Photo






Uranine (Acid Yellow 73) release into the underground river in Sainte Anne Cave, Belgium




(photo courtesy of Philippe Meus).

-------
                                          EPA/600/R-03/034
                                          April 2003
     Tracer-Test Planning Using the

     Efficient  Hydrologic Tracer-Test

         Design (EHTD) Program
National Center for Environmental Assessment-Washington Office
           Office of Research and Development
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                Washington, DC 20460

-------
                                   DISCLAIMER

This document has been reviewed in accordance with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
policy and approved for publication. Mention of trade names or commercial products does
not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
Preferred citation:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (2003)Tracer-Test Planning Using the Efficient Hydrologic
Tracer-Test Design (EHTD) Program.  National  Center for Environmental Assessment, Washington, DC;
EPA/600/R-03/034.  Available  from: National Technical Information Service, VA; PB2003-103271, and
.

-------
                                  Contents

LIST OF TABLES                                                         vii

LIST OF FIGURES                                                      viii

PREFACE                                                                  ix

ORGANIZATION OF THIS DOCUMENT                                  x

AUTHOR and REVIEWERS                                               xi

ABSTRACT                                                              xiv


                         I   BACKGROUND                            1

1. INTRODUCTION                                                       2
   1.1. QUICK START PROGRAM USAGE	   4
       1.1.1.  Simple Program Usage	   4
       1.1.2.  Example Test Files	   5

2. REVIEW OF PREVIOUS TRACER TEST DESIGN METHODS         6
   2.1. TRACER MASS ESTIMATION AND SAMPLING FREQUENCIES  ....   7
       2.1.1.  Tracer Mass Estimation by Conjecture	   7
              2.1.1.1.  Recent Arguments Opposing Rigorous Tracer Mass Estimation.  10
       2.1.2.  Tracer Mass Estimation by Mathematical Equation	   11
              2.1.2.1.  Review  of Tracer-Mass Estimation Equations	   11
              2.1.2.2.  Review  of Sampling Frequencies	   22
   2.2. EFFICIENT HYDROLOGIC TRACER-TEST DESIGN (EHTD)	   23
       2.2.1.  Basic Design of EHTD	   23
       2.2.2.  Range of Capabilites of EHTD	   25
   2.3. TRACER-TEST DESIGN RESULTS USING PREVIOUS METHODS  ...   25
       2.3.1.  Examination of Tracer-Mass Estimation Equations  	   26
              2.3.1.1.  Porous  Media	   26
              2.3.1.2.  Karstic Media	   29
   2.4. EHTD ANALYSIS OF THE TWO TRACER TESTS	   29
       2.4.1.  EHTD Results   	   31
              2.4.1.1.  EHTD Porous-Media Analysis Results	   36
              2.4.1.2.  EHTD Karstic-Media Analysis Results	   36
       2.4.2.  Mass Required as Related to Sorption by Detectors	   36
   2.5. TRAVEL TIMES AND  SAMPLING FREQUENCIES	   37
       2.5.1.  Travel Times  	   37
       2.5.2.  Sampling times	   37
              2.5.2.1.  Porous  Media Sampling Times	   38
                                      in

-------
              2.5.2.2.  Karstic Media Sampling Times	   38
   2.6. NOTATIONS FOR SECTION 2	   38
  II  MODEL THEORY AND  METHOD DEVELOPMENT   41

3. TRACER-TEST DESIGN METHODOLOGY                           42
   3.1. SOLUTE-TRANSPORT MODELING  	   42
   3.2. TRACER MASS ESTIMATION	   43
       3.2.1.  Model Solutions	   44
              3.2.1.1. Impulse Release for BVP	   44
              3.2.1.2. Pulse Release for BVP	   45
              3.2.1.3. Uniform Initial Concentration (IVP)	   46
              3.2.1.4. Exponential Production (PVP)	   46
       3.2.2.  Tracer Retardation and Tracer Decay	   47
   3.3. SOLUTE TRANSPORT	   47
   3.4. HYDRAULIC AND GEOMETRIC PARAMETERS	   48
       3.4.1.  Measured Parameters	   48
       3.4.2.  Functional Relationships	   48
       3.4.3.  Travel Time Estimates	   50
   3.5. CONTINUOUS STIRRED TANK REACTOR (CSTR)	   51
       3.5.1.  Travel Times and Velocity	   52
       3.5.2.  Tracer Dispersion Estimates	   52
              3.5.2.1. Estimating Dispersion by the Method of Moments	   52
              3.5.2.2. Estimating Dispersion by the Chatwin Method	   53
   3.6. TRACER SAMPLE COLLECTION DESIGN	   54
       3.6.1.  Sample Collection	   54
              3.6.1.1. Sampling Frequency	   54
              3.6.1.2. Initial Sample Collection	   55
   3.7. METHODOLOGY EVALUATION	   55
       3.7.1.  Simulation	   57
                III   BASIC PROGRAM USAGE                  64

4.  USING EHTD TO DESIGN A TRACER TEST                        65
   4.1. EHTD PROGRAM USAGE AND EXAMPLE DATA FILES	   65
       4.1.1.  Loading EHTD and Example Data Files	   65
   4.2. EHTD EXECUTION	   66
   4.3. USER-REQUESTED LATIN HYPERCUBE SAMPLING (LHS) ROUTINE   70
   4.4. USER-SUGGESTED SOLUTE MASS	   72
   4.5. SCREEN OUTPUT 	   74
       4.5.1.  Screen Output of Error Messages	   75
              4.5.1.1.   Warning Messages	   75
                                     IV

-------
               4.5.1.2.  Error Messages	  75
        4.5.2.   Screen Output of Optimization Results	  77
   4.6.  COMPUTER GRAPHICS	  78
        4.6.1.   Features of the Interactive Graphics Loop   	  78
               4.6.1.1.  File	  81
               4.6.1.2.  Edit	  81
               4.6.1.3.  View	  81
               4.6.1.4.  State	  81
               4.6.1.5.  Window	  82
               4.6.1.6.  Help	  82
   4.7.  EHTD SOURCE	  82

5. EHTD USE OF INPUT FILES                                            83
   5.1.  DESCRIPTION OF INPUT FILES	  83
        5.1.1.   Line-by-Line Description of Input Files	  89

6. EHTD OUTPUT FILES                                                    97
   6.1.  DESCRIPTION OF OUTPUT FILES  	  97
        6.1.1.   EHTD-Produced Data Output Files	105
               6.1.1.1.  Data Output File Header Material	105
               6.1.1.2.  Input Data Units	105
               6.1.1.3.  Initial Data Input Reprise	105
               6.1.1.4.  Sampling Station Name	105
               6.1.1.5.  Table 1.1. Input Factors	115
               6.1.1.6.  Output Data  Units	115
               6.1.1.7.  Table 2.1.1. Initial Hydraulic Factors	115
               6.1.1.8.  Table 2.1.2. Final Hydraulic Factors	115
               6.1.1.9.  Table 3.1. Final Tracer Mass Estimate	115
               6.1.1.10. Table 4-1- Estimated Sampling Frequency	116
               6.1.1.11. Calculated Tracer-Mass	116
               6.1.1.12. Error Codes	116
               6.1.1.13. Recommended Tracer-Mass	116
               6.1.1.14. Date and Time of Processing	116
   6.2.  THE QUALITY OF  EHTD-PREDICTED RESULTS	117
   6.3.  EFFECT OF INITIAL CONCENTRATION AND EXPONENTIAL PRO-
        DUCTION 	118
        6.3.1.   Effect of an Initial Concentration	118
        6.3.2.   Effect of Exponential Production	118
        6.3.3.   Breakthrough Curve Shape   	118
        6.3.4.   Average and Peak Concentration Estimates  	125
                                         v

-------
7. TRACER TEST DESIGN EXAMINATION DATA SETS               128
   7.1.  FLOWING STREAMS	128
        7.1.1.  Small Creek	129
        7.1.2.  Large River	129
        7.1.3.  Solution Conduit	129
        7.1.4.  Meltwater Channel	130
   7.2.  POROUS MEDIA  	130
        7.2.1.  Natural-Gradient Tracer Test	130
        7.2.2.  Forced-Gradient  Tracer Test	131
        7.2.3.  Injection-Withdrawal Tracer Test	131
        7.2.4.  Recirculation	132
   7.3.  TRACER-TEST DESIGN RESULTS	132
        7.3.1.  Flowing Streams Results	133
              7.3.1.1.   Uvas Creek Tracer Test	133
              7.3.1.2.  Missouri River Tracer Test	137
              7.3.1.3.  Dyers Spring Tracer Test	138
              7.3.1.4.   Variegated Glacier Tracer  Test	140
        7.3.2.  Porous Media Results	141
              7.3.2.1.   Test Site  Wilerwald Tracer Test	145
              7.3.2.2.  Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen Tracer Test	146
              7.3.2.3.  Mobile  Site Tracer Test	148
              7.3.2.4.   Chalk River Site Tracer  Test	149
        IV  ADDITIONAL APPLICATION OF EHTD         151

8. APPLICATION OF EHTD TO SUPPORT RISK ASSESSMENTS      152
   8.1.  EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW	152
   8.2.  FORECASTING POLLUTION FOR RISK ASSESSMENTS	154
        8.2.1.  Dimensionless Dye-Recovery Curve	154
        8.2.2.  EHTD for Forecasting pollution Effects	154
              8.2.2.1.   Using EHTD Directly to Forecast Pollution	155
              8.2.2.2.   Using the LHS-Routme m EHTD to Forecast Pollution.  .  . 156

9. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS                                      159

NOTATIONS                                                               162

REFERENCES                                                             166
                                       VI

-------
                                List of Tables

1    Average dye manufacturers'  purities for selected powder dyes	    9
2    Percent pure dye content for selected fluorescent dyes	   10
3    Some equations for estimating tracer injection mass	   12
4    Aquifer and tracer-dependent coefficients TCl  — TC4	   15
5    Aquifer and tracer-dependent coefficient Tc&	   17
6    Tracer  dependent coefficient  TC&	   17
7    Prevailing test conditions coefficient Tc7	   18
8    Tracer-dye mass per 1000 m of traced distance	   20
9    General sampling schedule for a karst  terrane	   24
10   Specific sampling schedule for a karst terrane	   24
11   Tracer  test design parameters	   27
12   Tracer-mass estimates	   28
13   EHTD  tracer test design parameters	   30
14   EHTD  tracer test analysis results	   32
15   Tracer-dye mass per 1000 m  of traced distance	   35
16   Tracer  test design parameters	   57
17   Predicted tracer mass and tracer concentration	   59
18   Recommended sampling times for selected tracer reaction conditions	   61
19   Table illustrating the form of the EHTD-created plot file	   69
20   Variable parameter types used in the LHS routine	   72
21   Screen  display of a typical EHTD warning message	   75
22   Screen  display of a typical EHTD warning message	   76
23   Typical screen display of optimization results	   77
24   Pull-down menu items available in EHTD	   80
25   Description of the input file  components listed in Figures 10 and 11	   86
26   Example test data sets	128
27   Required flowing stream tracer test design specifics	133
28   EHTD-predicted BTCs versus measured BTCs for the flowing stream tracer
     tests	134
29   EHTD-predicted results versus measured results for the flowing stream tracer
     tests	135
30   Required porous media tracer test  design specifics	142
31   EHTD-Predicted BTCs versus measured BTCs for the porous  media tracer
     tests	143
32   EHTD-predicted results versus measured results for the porous media tracer
     tests	144
                                      vn

-------
                               List of Figures

1    EHTD results for an impulse release for the porous media test parameters.  .   33
2    EHTD results for an impulse release for the karstic test parameters	   33
3    EHTD results for a pulse release for the porous media test parameters.  ...   34
4    EHTD results for a pulse release for the karstic test parameters	   35
5    Preliminary ETC from a hypothetical CSTR	   58
6    Predicted ETC for Prospect Hill Spring for retardation effects	   59
7    Predicted ETC for Prospect Hill Spring for tracer  decay effects	   60
8    Initial EHTD screen title	   67
9    Equations used to calculate univariate statistics for an input file	   73
10   Generic example of an flowing stream input file format	   84
11   Generic example of an porous media input file format	   85
12   Typical example input file	   98
13   Standard-form example ETC   	   99
14   Data file used to produce Figure 13	100
15   Standard-form example output file   	106
16   Comparison of EHTD-predicted ETC to measured ETC   	117
17   Example input file with  an initial concentration and exponential  production
     constants  	119
18   Data file used to produce Figure 19	120
19   Effect of including an initial concentration and exponential production  . .  .  125
20   Comparison of the effect  of including an initial concentration and exponential
     production	126
21   Modified EHTD-produced portion of Table 3.1	127
22   Example EHTD-produced Table 5.1	127
23   Comparison of measured data for the Uvas Creek site tracer test	136
24   Comparison of measured data for the Missouri River tracer test	138
25   Comparison of measured data for the Dyers Spring tracer test	139
26   Comparison of measured data for the Variegated Glacier  tracer test	140
27   Comparison of measured data for the Test Site Wilerwald tracer  test  ....  145
28   Comparison of measured data for the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen site tracer test 147
29   Comparison of measured data for the Mobile site tracer test	148
30   Comparison of measured data for the Chalk River  site tracer test 	150
31   Uncertainties associated  with exposure assessments	153
32   Seven BTC's developed by the U.S. Geological Survey	155
33   Standardized curve- and EHTD-predicted ETC for Dyers Spring	157
34   LHS-generated input file of  means using the Dyers Spring parameters	158
                                     vin

-------
                                     PREFACE

The National Center for Environmental Assessment has  prepared this document for the
benefit of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency regional offices, states, and the general
public because of the need to develop a fast and easy method for designing tracer tests in
hydrologic systems.  Application of the methodology described in this document can provide
individuals with the information necessary for designing reliable and safe tracer tests while
eliminating much of the guesswork typical of first time tracer testing in a new environment.
   The purpose of  this document is to serve as a  technical guide to various  groups who
must  address potential or existing contamination problems in hydrologic systems.  Tracing
studies are always appropriate and probably necessary, but initial design work  is usually
relegated to guesses as to the amount of tracer to release and when to collect samples.  This
document and associated computer programs alleviate some of these problems.
   The Efficient ^Hydrologic ^Tracer-test Design (EHTD) program uses a few basic field
measurements combined in functional relationships  that are coupled with the concept of a
continuous stirred tank reactor and solute-transport theory to develop the basic design of
a tracer test.  Initial solute-transport parameters are produced  by EHTD, which although
imprecise because they  are only predictive, still provide adequate information for effective
tracer-test design.
   EHTD produces a detailed assessment  of expected  tracer-test  results before a tracer
test is ever initiated. It also produces a likely tracer-breakthrough curve for each sampling
station.  Preliminary testing of EHTD has shown  it to be reliable in most instances.  It
is believed that as EHTD is used, improvements in its design will grow as suggestions are
made.
                                         IX

-------
                   ORGANIZATION OF THIS DOCUMENT

This document serves as a "user's manual" for the computer program EHTD. It is arranged
in four parts:
   • Part I Background

   • Part II Model Theory and Method Background

   • Part III Basic Program Usage

   • Part IV Additional Application of EHTD

   Part I introduces  the  program and provides the  necessary for the new  user to begin
running the program immediately.   This is then followed by  an in-depth review  and
discussion of previous attempts at tracer test design.
   Part II consists on a single section that is a comprehensive discussion of the relationship
between solute-transport theory and tracer test design as applied by EHTD. This section
will most likely be of interest to the  more academic-type of scientists and engineers. More
practically-oriented individuals will likely want to skip reading this section.
   Part III discusses the basic usage of EHTD.  Section 4 explains  how  to run EHTD
including usage of the pull-down menus for manipulating screen display. Section 5 covers the
creation/modification of the input file read by EHTD. Section 6 is a detailed examination
of the output files produced by EHTD.  Lastly,  Section 7 validates EHTD functioning by
comparing the EHTD predictions for eight selected examples with actual tracer-test results.
   Part IV  also consists of just a single section that explains how EHTD can be used to
forecast the potential effects of inadvertent or deliberate pollutant releases.  In addition, it
briefly illustrates the development of an input file of mean values for parameters created by
a Latin Hypercube Routine.
                                          x

-------
                         AUTHOR AND REVIEWERS
   The National Center for Environmental Assessment within the U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency's Office of Research and Development was responsible for preparing of this
document and provided overall direction and coordination during the production effort.

 AUTHOR

 Malcolm S. Field, Ph.D.
 National Center for Environmental Assessment
 Office of Research and Development
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Washington, D.C.
 REVIEWERS

 Feike J. Leij, Ph.D.
 U.S. Salinity Laboratory
 450 West Big Springs Road
 Riverside, Ca.
 Philippe Meus, Ph.D.
 Ministere de la Region wallonne
 Direction generale des Ressources naturelles
 et de I'Environnement
 Division de 1'Eau
 Direction des Eaux souterraines
 avenue Prince de Liege 15
 B-5100 Jambes (Namur)
 Belgique

 Arthur N. Palmer, Ph.D.
 Earth Sciences Department
 209 Science Building 1
 State University  of New York
 Oneonta, N.Y.

 Michael Verrault, M.Sc.A
 Centre d'etudes sur les ressources minerales
 Universite du Quebec a Chicoutimi
 Chicoutimi, Quebec
 Canada
Laboratoire d'Etude des Transferts en
Hydrologie et Environnement  (LTHE)
1023 rue de la Piscine
BP 53, Domaine Universitaire
F-38041 Grenoble, Cedex 9, Frnace
European Water Tracing Services
rue de la Chapelle 43
B-4550 Nandrin
Belgique
Les Laboratoires SL
1309, blv St-Paul
Chicoutimi, Quebec
Canada
                                        XI

-------
                                    ABSTRACT

Hydrological tracer testing is the most  reliable diagnostic technique available for estab-
lishing flow trajectories and hydrologic  connections and for  determining basic hydraulic
and geometric parameters necessary for  establishing operative solute-transport processes.
Tracer-test design can be difficult because of a lack of prior knowledge of the basic hydraulic
and geometric parameters desired and the appropriate tracer  mass to release.  A new effi-
cient hydrologic tracer-test design (EHTD) methodology has been developed that combines
basic measured field parameters (e.g., discharge, distance, cross-sectional area) in functional
relationships that describe solute-transport processes related  to flow velocity and time of
travel.  The new method applies these initial estimates for time of travel and velocity to a
hypothetical continuously stirred tank reactor as an analog for the hydrologic flow system to
develop initial estimates for tracer concentration and axial dispersion,  based on a preset av-
erage tracer concentration. Root determination of the one-dimensional advection-dispersion
equation (ADE) using the preset average tracer concentration then provides a theoretical
basis for an estimate of necessary tracer mass.
   Application of the predicted tracer mass  with  the hydraulic and geometric  parameters
in the  ADE allows for an approximation of  initial sample-collection time and  subsequent
sample-collection frequency  where a  maximum  of 65  samples were determined to be
necessary for describing the predicted tracer-breakthrough curve (ETC). Inclusion of tracer
retardation and decay cause a net increase in tracer-mass estimates  so  that the preset
average tracer concentration will be maintained, with a consequent steepening of the ETC,
but retardation also causes ETC  spreading and a delay in tracer arrival.
   Determining the necessary tracer mass, the  initial sample-collection time, and the
subsequent sample-collection frequency for a proposed tracer test are the three most difficult
aspects to  estimate prior  to conducting the  test.  To facilitate tracer-mass estimation, 33
mass-estimation equations have been developed over the past century. The 33 equations
are reviewed here; 32 of them were evaluated using previously published tracer-test design
examination parameters.  Comparison of the results produced a wide range of estimated
tracer mass, but no means is available by which one equation may be reasonably selected
over the others.  Each equation produces a  simple approximation  for tracer mass.   Most
of the equations are based primarily on estimates  or measurements of discharge, transport
distance, and suspected transport times.
   Although the basic field parameters commonly employed are appropriate for estimating
                                         xn

-------
tracer  mass, the  33 equations are problematic  in  that they were all probably based
on the original  developer's experience in a particular field area and not  necessarily on
measured hydraulic parameters or solute-transport theory. Suggested sampling frequencies
are typically based  primarily on  probable transport distance, but  with little regard to
expected travel times. This too is problematic in that tracer sampling remains a haphazard
process that tends to result in false negatives or data aliasing.
   Simulations from the recently developed EHTD methodology were compared with those
obtained  from  32 of the  33 published  tracer-mass  estimation equations  and suggested
sampling  frequencies.  EHTD applies functional relationships developed from hydrologic
measurements in a solute-transport model to  develop  a  preliminary  ETC  that  has been
shown to reasonably predict actual tracer-test results.
   Effective tracer-test design requires that the likely  results be predicted in  advance of test
initiation  to ensure tracer-testing success.  EHTD-predicted BTCs for various hydrological
conditions were compared with measured BTCs obtained from actual tracer tests.  The
hydrologic conditions for the tracer  tests ranged from flowing streams  to porous-media
systems.   The  tracer tests evaluated included flowing streams tracer tests conducted in
small and large surface-water streams, a karst solution conduit,  and a glacial-meltwater
stream and porous-media systems conducted as natural-gradient, forced-gradient, injection-
withdrawal, and recirculation tracer tests.
   Comparisons of the actual  tracer tests and the  predicted results showed that tracer
breakthrough, hydraulic characteristics, and sample-collection frequency may be forecasted
sufficiently well in most instances to facilitate good tracer-test design.  However, comparisons
were generally improved by including tracer decay and/or retardation in the simulations.
Inclusion of tracer decay in the simulations also tended to require an increase in set  average
tracer  concentration to facilitate  matching peak  concentrations in the measured BTCs.
Both nonreactive  tracer and reactive tracer predictions  produced recommended sample-
collection frequencies that  would adequately define the actual BTCs, but estimated tracer-
mass estimates were less precise.
   EHTD may also  be used to facilitate drinking-water protection strategies.  EHTD pro-
vides water managers with the ability to conduct release-scenario simulations by overriding
the set average concentration. The simulations can be used to predict toxic substance ar-
rival times (time to leading edge, time to peak, persistence), axial dispersion, dilution, and
arrival concentrations.  By combining the EHTD-simulation  results with risk assessment
analyses for acute  exposures, water managers can develop a set of alternatives as part of an

                                         xiii

-------
overall strategy for protecting human health.  This set of alternatives  could range from no
action (i.e., no significant concern) to disconnecting the water-supply system, announcing
a no-contact warning, and arranging for the supply of an alternative water source.
                                         xiv

-------
Part  I
BACKGROUND
Flow of diluted uranine (Acid Yellow 73) through Sainte Anne Cave, Belgium. The tracer
release is depicted on the cover of this document (photo courtesy of Philippe Meus).

-------
                              1.  INTRODUCTION

   Tracer tests  are regularly applied  in many  hydrologic systems to determine  various
hydraulic  and geometric parameters.   However, the success  of a  tracer test depends on
the release of sufficient—but not excessive—tracer material into the flow regime for  reliable
tracer detection based on appropriate initial sample collection time and sampling frequency.
Determination of the  optimal quantity of tracer material to release into  a flow system to
maximize  the probability of achieving positive results while maintaining safe concentrations
in the environment and minimizing public concern has been of considerable interest for a
long time.
   To maintain safe tracer concentrations and to minimize public concerns regarding colored
water,  Field  et  al. (1995) suggested that fluorescent dye concentrations at downstream
receptors be maintained at or below 1-2 mg L"1. They arrived at  these concentrations by
conducting an in-depth evaluation of available toxicological information on 12 fluorescent
dyes and  one dye intermediate using a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA)
approved assessment method for cases  where actual data were lacking. Field et al. urged
the use of only that quantity of tracer  dye actually needed to ensure positive results.  The
use of significantly more than is needed might adversely affect the environment and human
health, although the degree of adversity was not quantified. In addition, excessive amounts
of tracer could compromise tracer test interpretations. However, determining the adequate
and safe amounts of tracer substance,  dye or otherwise,  to use in  a tracing study can be
difficult (Kafi, 1998, p. 327).
   An optimal  tracer mass  that meets both hydrologic and environmental  criteria  is
dependent on a number of relatively indeterminate factors, such as the volume of water that
dilutes the tracer, hydrological conditions during high-flow and low-flow periods, residence
time, number and direction of discharge points, transport distance(s), sorption, decay, and
degree and type of pollution.  Therefore, the quantity of tracer needed for release at any
particular site and time may be significantly different from that needed at another site or
at the same site  at another time.
   For example, a preliminary tracer test at a Superfund site in Tennessee using 0.7g of
Rhodamine WT resulted in a conventional, positively skewed tracer-breakthrough curve
(ETC) and nearly 100% mass recovery (Field and Pinsky, 2000). A subsequent tracer test
at the same site  48 hours later using 71 g of Rhodamine WT produced a very abrupt ETC
with a very long tail and only 28% mass recovery. A large storm that preceeded the second

-------
tracer test was deemed responsible for the differing results (Field and Pinsky, 2000).
   To alleviate some of the difficulties associated with estimating the mass of tracer to be
released, numerous empirical equations have been developed by various individuals (Field,
2002a).   In  nearly every instance these  equations appear to have been devised without
regard to solute transport theory and, at times, without regard to site hydrology. Rather,
they appear to have been developed solely as a result of the developer's experience from
one or more tracer tests. Also, in many  instances various—and sometimes unexplained—
multipliers are incorporated into the equations to account for  potentially inadequate tracer
mass estimates  (Field, 2002a).
   Initial sample collection times and sampling frequencies  are  also generally unknown
quantities because solute fluxes are typically unknown. However,  application of functional
relationships developed from measured parameters can be used to estimate solute transport
parameters.  The determination of solute transport parameters translates into appropriate
sampling frequencies.
   The  purpose of this paper is to answer three basic questions  common  at the start  of
any hydrologic tracer test: (1) How much tracer mass should be released?  (2) When should
sampling start?  and  (3) At  what frequency should samples  be collected?  In  this paper
an efficient hydrologic tracer test design  (EHTD) methodology for estimating tracer mass
based on solute transport theory is developed. Use of the methodology developed here leads
to a better understanding of the probable transport processes  operating in the system prior
to conducting the tracer test.  Improved understanding of the transport processes then leads
to better estimates of tracer mass to be released.  In addition, initial sample collection times
and sample collection frequencies are calculated using solute transport theory.
   Although this tracer-design methodology is expected to be reliable in most instances, it
does not address the common occurrences of multimodal BTCs and long-tailed BTCs be-
cause such BTCs require much more complex analyses with numerous unknown parameters
(Maloszewski et al., 1992a; Toride et al., 1993).  Density-induced  sinking effects that may
occur in natural gradient porous-media tracer tests (Oostrom et al., 1992; Barth et al., 2001)
are also not addressed.  The  methodology introduced here is  tracer independent, whereas
density-induced sinking is a tracer-dependent  process and requires a separate analysis  to
determine how much,  if any, tracer sinking may occur.

-------
1.1.  QUICK START PROGRAM USAGE
Begin by copying all EHTD files (i.e., Ehtd.exe., Grfont.dat, Rgb.txt, and *.in) to the hard
drive of a computer. (See Section 4.1.1. on page 65 for a detailed discussion on the copying
of EHTD files to a  hard drive.)  Once stored on the hard drive, EHTD is ready to be run.
(NOTE: EHTD functions best with a display = 1024 x 768 pixels; adequately with a display
= 800 x 600 pixels;  and not so well for further reduced display settings.)

1.1.1.   Simple  Program Usage
To run EHTD, please perform the following:

   1. Execute the EHTD.exe file by Left Double-Clicking on it using a mouse.

   2. Follow on screen instructions:

      (a) Press  to run the  default  input file (i.e.,EHTD. in),
      (b) Press  to create the default output name (i.e.,EHTD.out),
      (c) Press  to skip producing  a PostScript plot file.

   3. Use the pull-down menus to  manipulate the plot. For example:

     FILE:      To save a BITMAP file of the screen plot or print.
     VIEW:     To change the  screen display to view the  entire plot all at once.
     WINDOW: Move from  GRAPHIC2  (plot screen) back to GRAPHIC 1
                 (text display screen) for additional computation.
     In the GRAPHIC 1 (text display screen) screen press  for completion of EHTD
     (i.e., writing of all output data to the output file). If this step is not completed then
     some computational results (e.g., final tracer mass estimate)  will not be written to
     the output file.

-------
     Note: It is essential that the program be ended by moving from the GRAPHIC2 screen
     to the GRAPHIC 1  screen using the WINDOW pull-down menu and that  be
     pressed so that final computational results may be recorded in the output file and that
     all requested plot files get created. Also,  a date/time stamp  is written to the bottom
     of the file.
   4. Open the output file and/or the plot file created using a standard Windows viewer
     (e.g., Notepad) to see the results.

1.1.2.   Example Test Files
The following example data files are provided on the CD-ROM that accompanies this docu-
ment so that the user may examine the functioning of EHTD under differing environmental
conditions:
Clarkef .in      Single spring discharge site for a complexly folded karst terrane
               (Field, 2000)
Clarke2.in1     Multiple spring discharge sites for a complexly folded karst terrane
               (Field, 2000)
Mull.in        Karst window to spring tracer test (Mull et al., 1988a, pp. 61-66)
Lost.in        Lost River Cave System (Field and Pinsky, 2000)
Gl.in          Tenn.  example from a quarry (Davies, pers.  comm.}
G2.in          Tenn.  example from a quarry (repeat tracer test of above)
Missl.in       Surface water tracer test example (Yotsukura et al., 1970, pp. G3-G6)
Miss2.in       Surface water tracer test example (repeat tracer test of above)
Step.in        Created example for continuous release
Borden.in      Borden tracer test (Mackay et al.,  1986)
Ehtd.in        Injection-withdrawal test example  (default)
               (Molz et al.,  1986a, pp. 52-60, 71)
Chalk.in       Recirculation test example (Huyakorn et al., 1986)
1EHTD sums total estimated tracer mass to be released at the end of the program.

-------
     2.  REVIEW OF PREVIOUS TRACER TEST DESIGN METHODS

   Quantitative hydrologic tracer testing  is the  most reliable method  for  establishing
solute transport trajectories and for defining solute transport parameters. Determining the
necessary tracer mass to release, when to start  collecting samples, and at what frequency
all subsequent samples  should be collected  can  be very difficult to estimate, especially in
karstic terranes. In  most tracing studies in karstic terranes, design efforts are focused on
predicting where tracer will arrive and where best to release tracer. The tracer mass released
is typically a guess based on  the experience of  the practitioner.  Although attempting to
predict where the tracer will arrive and where best to release the tracer are important and
valuable  aspects of conducting a tracer test, guessing the appropriate tracer mass to release
is a fallacious practice that almost ensures that too much or too little tracer will be released.
   To  facilitate the determination of necessary tracer  mass for a successful tracer test,
at least  33 tracer mass  estimation equations have been developed over the last century.
Although a considerable improvement over  the  typical  method of guessing an appropriate
tracer  mass to  release,  these  equations  are also problematic.  With  the exception of two
equations, they were all developed on the false assumption that a simple algebraic expression
that appears to function adequately for a selected hydrologic setting will then adequately
function  in all hydrologic settings. In addition, these equations fail to properly account for
the important effects of axial dispersion and solute transport theory (Field, 2002a).
   Tracer test sample collection frequency in karstic terranes is typically a haphazard pro-
cedure based on expected transport distance and supposed travel time. The haphazardness
of sample collection is further  exacerbated when qualitative tracing tests are conducted. In
general,  a preliminary sample collection frequency is determined before  the tracing test is
initiated  but is  subject to revision during the tracer test as time passes with or without
tracer recovery.
   In this paper, the 33 tracer mass estimation  equations are briefly reviewed; 32 were
evaluated using previously published tracer test design-examination  parameters. For this
review, unless otherwise indicated, the published  tracer mass estimation equations were
all probably  intended to estimate  the  mass of  tracer on an  "as-sold basis,"  which often
necessarily includes a large quantity of diluent.  In addition, conventional sample collection
frequency determinations are briefly reviewed. The results of the review and examination of
the 33 mass estimation  equations and the typical  sampling frequencies are compared with
the recently developed EHTD method that has  been shown to be theoretically sound and

                                          6

-------
more reliable than previous methods.
2.1.  TRACER MASS ESTIMATION AND SAMPLING FREQUENCIES
Hydrologic tracing requires that an appropriate mass of tracer be released such that  de-
tectable concentrations of the tracer may be recovered at the sampling stations. Commonly,
an estimate of the mass of tracer to release consists of nothing more than a guess that is
sometimes based on the general experience of particular individuals (Alexander and Quin-
lan, 1992, p. 19; Aley, 1999, p. 14) or on prior experience at the location to be traced (e.g.,
Meigs and Beauheim, 2001). Other times, the guess is whatever sounds good at the time. In
rare instances, a tracer mass estimation equation may be used to determine the appropriate
tracer mass to  release. Although general tracing experience  is beneficial  and specific  site
experience is better still for determining the quantities of tracer to release, neither approach
may be regarded as scientifically rigorous. Worse, the former suggests that only select indi-
viduals are adequately qualified to assess tracer needs, and the latter suggests the possibility
of numerous tracer release efforts at a site before success may be obtained.

2.1.1.   Tracer Mass Estimation by Conjecture
There are four reasons beyond practical experience that may explain why a guess is used to
estimate  the necessary tracer mass  to release. The first is  the over-reliance on qualitative
tracing in karstic terranes using common fluorescent dyes. Qualitative tracing is the use of
packets of activated carbon (commonly  known as  "detectors" or "bugs" in North America
and "fluocapteurs" in France) to sorb the fluorescent dye as it exits the underground. This
method is  believed to facilitate karst tracing in that these  detectors can be distributed
throughout the area where tracer dye is expected to exit the subsurface and  may be collected
when convenient.
   Although qualitative  tracing is commonly  applied in  Great Britain  and the United
States, the  method  is scientifically untenable because  false-positive  results (Gunn and
Lowe, 2000; Lutz and  Parriaux, 1988) and false-negative results (Smart  et al.,  1986)  are
common.  Sorption onto detectors  allows for reduced tracer dye concentrations because
activated carbon reportedly increases tracer dye concentrations 400 times the concentration
in water  (Aley,  1999,  p. 21), although published research suggests that dye concentration
by activated carbon is probably 3 to 4 times the concentration in water but may be as high
as 1000 times the concentration (Kafi, 1998, pp.  100-103).
   Unfortunately,  activated carbon also enhances background  concentrations (fluorescent

                                         7

-------
dyes and other similarly appearing compounds), which may be advantageous for visual de-
termination of dye but which adversely affects the signal-to-noise ratio of modern analytical
instruments (Worthington, pers. comm.}. Excess sorption of background concentrations re-
quires that the estimated tracer dye concentration to be released exceed background concen-
trations at the sampling stations by fO times to ensure detection (Crawford, pers. comm.},
an undesirable practice  from both an aesthetic and  an ecological perspective  (Smart and
Karunaratne, 2001).
   Excessive and extensive background sorption also causes ambiguous results, erroneously
suggesting tracer recovery at most or all of the sampling stations  (McCann and Krothe,
1992) because the method  does not lend itself to establishing that the sorbed and "identified"
compound is in fact the  fluorescent dye of interest. Even more basic, it may be regarded as
nonsense on its face. By requiring an injection concentration  that results in a downstream
concentration >10 times background, it is assumed that a multitude of background samples
(typically three) have been collected and that the maximum concentration or some statistical
value (e.g., mean,  median, etc.)  for  which a  10-fold increase is  intended  was used as
a measure.  Second, it  is very difficult to translate an upstream concentration at a
ground-water injection point into a downstream  concentration.  Third,  the  method for
this calculation requires appropriate field measurements and numerical analysis, which are
typically avoided.
   More recent research suggests that fluorescent dye sorption by detectors may not be as
straightforward as once  thought. Research at the University of Minnesota (Davies, pers.
comm.} suggests that the occurrence of  false negatives and false positives may occur far
more frequently than has previously been recognized, primarily because of the vagaries
of fluorescent dye  sorption/desorption  by the detectors. For example, sodium fluorescein
(uranine [45350 C.I. Acid  Yellow 73]) was found to be readily sorbed by activated carbon,
but  it  was also desorbed almost immediately.   Rhodamine WT  (C.I. Acid Red 388),
however, was not readily sorbed and was difficult  to elute. The rapid sorption-desorption
of short-wavelength dyes and the slow sorption and difficult elution of long-wavelength dyes
compromise the use of activated carbon for detection  (Smart  and Simpson, 2001).
   Other peculiarities related to sorption by activated carbon and sample handling (Smart
and Friederich, 1982; Smart and Zabo,  1997) also prevent replication of the results, a basic
requirement of any scientific endeavor.  The  difficulties  are further exacerbated by the
fluorescence spectra shift  caused by  the  high j>H of the elutants (Kafi, 1998,  p. 102). In
addition, specific tracer types may result in varying sorptive behaviors (Sutton et al., 2001).

                                          8

-------
         Table 1. Average dye manufacturers' purities for selected powder dyes.
Colour Index
Generic Name
Acid Red 9
Acid Red 52
Acid Red 87
Acid Red 388
Acid Yellow 73
Basic Violet 10
Fluorescent
Brightener 351
Solvent Green 7
Common Name Colour Index
Constitution No.
erioglaucine
Sulpho Rhodamine B
eosin
Rhodamine WT
Na-fluorescein
Rhodamine B
Tinopal CBS-X
pyranine
42090
45100
45380

45350
45170
59040
Average Puritya
Range, %
73-75
85-90
65-70
82-85
75
90
60
80
       a Values are for the "crude" form of the dyes only.

   The second reason the tracer mass to be released is guessed at stems from the lack
of knowledge regarding the volume and degree of spreading necessary for estimating the
extent of tracer dilution.  Sorptive characteristics of the transport medium and tracer are
also  typically unknown.  Although surface-water volume and  degree of spreading can be
reasonably estimated,  aquifer volume and  degree of  spreading remain virtual unknowns
until  a quantitative tracer test  is  conducted and  numerically evaluated.   Understanding
tracer losses due to tracer sorption generally requires extensive  testing and analysis using a
selected tracer and specific materials and the results are not readily  transferable.
   A third reason why necessary tracer masses  are guessed at may relate to the relative
purities of the various fluorescent dyes supplied by different manufacturers.  Table 1 lists the
average dye manufacturers' purities of some common fluorescent dyes used for hydrological
tracing and Table 2 lists the average percent pure dye content  of the dyes  supplied by one
distributor.  This range  of fluorescent dye  purities complicates the determination of dye
mass  to release.
   The fourth and final reason that the  tracer mass to release  is guessed is because of the
relative obscurity, confusing nature, and inconsistency surrounding the use of existing tracer
mass  estimation equations.  In general, these equations have been  found  to be less  exact
than is commonly desired (Kafi, 1998, p. 323).

-------
             Table 2. Percent pure dye content for selected fluorescent dyes.
Tracer Dye
(Common Name)
erioglaucinec
Sulpho Rhodamine B
eosin
Rhodamine WTd
Na-fluorescein
Rhodamine Be
Tinopal CBS-X
pyranine
Powder Dyea
Content, %b
74.0
90-92.0
86.0
85.0
60.0
90.0
60.0
80.0
Liquid Dyea
Content, %b
37.0
18.0
26.0
17.0
30.0
45.0

              a Values listed are within ±5.0%.
              b % = ^^ x 100.
                   L-o Abs
              c Erioglaucine is also sold with a Food, Drug and Cosmetic (FD&C) purity
               equal to 92.0%.
              d Rhodamine WT is not commercially available in powder form and rarely
               exceeds 18% purity in liquid form.
              e Rhodamine B as a liquid is mixed with glacial acetic acid.

               Note:  The values listed are specific to one manufacturer — crude dye
               stocks can and will vary significantly with manufacturer.
2.1.1.1.  Recent Arguments Opposing Rigorous  Tracer Mass Estimation.   It
has recently been argued that a rigorous approach to estimating tracer mass is unnecessary.
It  has further been argued that promoting such an endeavor may lead  to uninformed
regulators' deciding the mass of tracer necessary for the proposed experiment.  However,
neither of these arguments is justifiable.
   The argument suggesting that a rigorous tracer-mass estimation is an unnecessary effort
is promoted by those individuals who have traditionally relied on the method of conjecture
as a means for estimating  tracer mass.  Conjecture abrogates  the  need for taking time-
consuming field measurements and it suggests and air of all-knowing by the conjecturer. It
may just  be adequate  for these individuals because they are uninterested  in conducting
a quantitative tracer  test.   A qualitative trace that only  roughly approximates tracer
trajectories  and velocities is all that is desired, so a good estimate of tracer mass to release
is not considered because of the vagaries of tracer sorption by activated carbon.
   The argument  that inexperienced  or  "know-nothing" regulators will begin deciding
appropriate tracer  masses may be regarded as  fallacious.  It is  a  useful scare tactic often
                                          10

-------
employed to keep regulators away and to further the perception of the "all-knowing" expert.
More significantly, however, it may be appropriate for regulators to estimate tracer masses
if they are going to be taking the necessary field measurements that the tracer hydrologists
are avoiding. If nothing else, it provides the regulator with a useful  check on the conjecturer.

2.1.2.  Tracer Mass Estimation  by Mathematical Equation
Many equations for calculating the amount of tracer material to release into a flow system
have been published. Thirty-three empirically determined equations are considered here
(Table 3) (see Section 2.6., page 38  for a description  of the parameters used in Table 3).
It  will be noted that some of the equations listed in Table 3 do not appear  in original
form, as they have been modified for consistency  of units and to yield mass in grams.  An
examination of these equations reveals little about  each except that most rely to some extent
on volumetric flow rate (discharge). Presumably, the reliance on discharge by the originators
of the equations was intended to address probable dilution effects. The 33 equations were
developed empirically, so maintaining mass balance appears not to have been an important
consideration.  Although not apparent from Table 3, 5 of the 33  equations incorporate
different  systems of measurement in their original form.
   Sources for the equations were not always specific about which type of tracer a particular
equation was meant for in the design  or about whether it even  matters, but  most were
probably designed for the fluorescent  dye Na-fluorescein. Also, it is not always clear whether
an equation was intended for visual tracer detection, instrument detection in water samples,
or sample collectors designed to enhance tracer  concentrations (e.g., carbon sorption of
fluorescent dyes via detectors).
   Some equations require a "fudge factoring"  constant that takes  into consideration  the
relative detectability of the tracer to be used, the residence time within the aquifer, the type
of sampling  done, the method of sample collection, and/or the method of analysis. Specifics
such as tracer type, methods  of sampling and analysis, and fudge  factor multipliers should
generally be regarded as inappropriate when calculating necessary tracer mass unless a clear
scientific basis for such can be established (e.g., solution-conduit sinuosity  <1.5).

2.1.2.1.   Review of Tracer-Mass Estimation Equations.   Worthington (pers. comm.}
examined more than 3000 tracer tests and was able to fit a straight line through a double-
logarithmic  plot in two separate instances. In the first instance a double-logarithmic plot
of Mass injected versus Time x Discharge x Concentration showed a clear relationship

                                         11

-------
Table 3.  Some equations for estimating tracer injection mass.
Number
(la)
(Ib)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5a)
(5b)
(6)
(7a)
(7b)
(8)
Equationa
M — 0 ^fi IQcPtp\
ivi — u.oo ^ 1000 j
M = 0.56 ( i000J )
/ xO.93
M = 17 ( 3 6QX1Q6 )
n/r Tc'i L
M - 10
l\/r T ( QL ~\ 1 V
-"-(^2 V8.64xl04W ' 5.0X104
^ ~~ 3600
MTd Q L
3600
2000
n/r bW[2LCp+Ad2(2L-W)]
M 3731
M 2g
T\/f QL
3600
Secondary13
Reference
(Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 7)
(Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 7)
(Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 8)
(Kafi, 1998, p. 323)
(Milanovic, 1981, p. 276)
(Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 8)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 49)
(Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 8)
(Kafi, 1998, p. 326)
(Kafi, 1998, p. 325)
(Milanovic, 1981, p. 276)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 49)
(Bogli, 1980, p. 139)
Primary
Reference

(Worthington, pers. comm.}c
(Worthington, pers. comm.}c
(Worthington, pers. comm.}c
(UNESCO, 1973-1983)
(UNESCO, 1973-1983)
(Bendel, 1948)
(Dienert, 1913)d
(Dienert, ?)e
(Leibungut, 1974)
(Leibungut, 1974)
(Leibundgut and Wernli, 1982)
(Leibundgut, 1981)
(Leibundgut and Wernli, 1982)
(Martel, 1940)c'e'f
(Martel, 1940)c'e'f
(Thurner, 1967)e
                                                                 continued on next page

-------
Table 3.  Some equations for estimating tracer injection mass  (continued).
Number
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
Equationa
— C4 V
MT1 T
— J-Cf, J-1
1\/T 	 T rp /yi
A/r T \(^ i Q \
M L \\L l 1.8x104 J
i\/r ( Q2 L }
V3600g'
T\/f tdQPSf
8.64X104
i\/r TMI Q
3600
l\/r M2 1
3600
M — ^Q
1V± 40
n/r 	 CpTpQL
2500 v
M =5.0Q
M = 9.5V L
M=^
M1 A ^yQ / ^
y 3.6x10° v
1\/T 	 QCptpTp
M 3398
Secondary13
Reference
(Milanovic, 1981, p. 276)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 49)
(Kafi, 1998, p. 325)
(Schudel et al., 2002, p 21)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 49)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 49)
(Sweeting, 1973, p. 228)
(Sweeting, 1973, p. 228)
(Davis et al., 1985, p. 101)
(Aley and Fletcher, 1976, p. 7)
(Aley and Fletcher, 1976, p. 30)
Primary
Reference
(Guillard, ?)e
(Guillard, ?)e
(Siline-Bektchourine, 1951)
(Kafi, 1998, p. 327)
(Stepinac, 1969)e
(Stepinac, 1969)e
(Keys, 1968)
(Caspar, 1987, p. 50)
(Jenko, ?)e
(Jenko, ?)e
(Drew and Smith, 1969)
(Dunn, 1968)
(Haas, 1959)
(Haas, 1959)
(Haas, 1959)
(Aley and Fletcher, 1976, p. 9)
(Rantz, 1982, p. 237)
                                                                       continued on next page

-------
                     Table 3. Some equations for estimating tracer injection mass  (continued).
Number
(24)
(25)


(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)

M
M


M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Mp
Equationa Secondary13
Reference
_ QCpfTpTp
747.23
O C T £9
1000


_ QCptTpTp
498.15
CpTpTp ( Qf \°'°4
2.94 \^149.53y
_ Q£
~ 20
_ TMzLI App
1000
= SmL (Kafi, 1998, p. 324)
— Sm V fKnfi 1 00C n °^d-}
— i ,-,,-, ^ivajj, ic/yo, p. o£^j
_ y
200
= QtpPh (Kafi, 1998, p. 327)
Primary
Reference
(Kilpatrick and Cobb, 1985, p
(Rathbun, 1979, p. 26)
(Rantz, 1982, p. 236)
(Kilpatrick and Cobb, 1985, p
(Mullet al, 1988a, p. 37)
(Kilpatrick and Wilson, 1989,
(Kafi, 1998, p. 324)
(Alexander and Quinlan, 1992
(Timeus, 1926)e
(Timeus, 1926)e
(Kilpatrick, 1993, p. 14)
(Kinnunen, 1978)

.8)


.17),

p. 14)

, p. 19)




aSome equations slightly modified to allow consistency of units.
bSecondary references do not always correctly reproduce the original equations.
cSee also (Worthington and Smart, 2001).
dDienert (1913) contains no equation for estimating tracer mass (Worthington, pers. comm.)
ePrimary reference not always properly identified or readily available.
fThe correct citation is (Martel, 1913) (Worthington, pers. comm.)
 See the Notations list in Section 2.6., page 38.

-------
defined by Equation (1) (Table 3). In the second instance a double-logarithmic plot of Mass
injected versus Length x Discharge x Concentration also resulted in a clear relationship
defined by Equation  (2). Equations (1) and (2) provide a means for estimating the mass of
dye to be injected such that positive tracer recoveries are likely.

               Table 4. Aquifer and tracer-dependent coefficients TCl — 7c4a-
                Aquifer               Tracer                Tct
                           Tracer-Dependent Coefficient, TCl
                clay                     • • •                   5-20
                sand                    • • •                   2-10
                fractured rock           • • •                   2-20
                karst                    • • •                   2-10
                           Tracer-Dependent Coefficient, TC2
                porous media            • • •                  5.0 x 102
                fractured rock           • • •                  3.0 x 103
                           Tracer-Dependent Coefficient, Tc3
                very permeable     Na-fluorescein            2.5 x 10"1
                  aquifers
                slightly permeable       • • •                  1.0 x 10°
                  aquifers
                                       NaCl                2.5 x 102
                           Tracer-Dependent Coefficient, Tc4
                                   Na-fluorescein            2.5 x 10~9
                a Source: Adapted from Parriaux et al. (1988).
   Equations (3)-(7a) were published by Parriaux et al. (1988) in a tracing guide that was
intended to be  practical but is obscure  and difficult to obtain. Equation (7b) is a slightly
more complicated form of Equation (7a). According to Parriaux et al. (1988), citing Zotl
(1974),  Equations (3)-(7a) were developed for Na-fluorescein, but they may be used for
tracing  with Lycopodium spores by using 1.5-2.0 times the weight  of Na-fluorescein. Zotl
further  suggests that higher  amounts can only be advantageous.  Equations (3)-(5) also
include  an aquifer and/or tracer-dependent coefficient TCi (Table 4), which is intended to
adjust the tracer mass to  be injected.   Equation  (4) is  valid for Na-fluorescein, but for

                                          15

-------
eosin (45380 C.I. Acid Red 87), five to 10 times more dye is required  (Parriaux et al.,
1988, p. 7). Quoting from Zotl  (1974), Parriaux et al.  (1988, p. 8) suggest that although
Equation (5a) is appropriate for Na-fluorescein sorption onto detectors, two to three times
more dye is required for water samples. Although not stated, Zotl was probably referring to
visual detection of fluorescent dye in water when detectors are not being used. Equation (5b)
appears similar to Equation (5a), but the full citation and primary reference are not provided
in Milanovic (1981, p. 276), and it includes a tracer-dependent coefficient Tc4, which may
be a misprint.
   Equations (6) and (7) include a sorption coefficient Adi that is  intended to  increase
tracer mass for which units are either not clearly provided [Equation (6)] or are inconsistent
with common application [Equation (7)].  For Equation (6),  Parriaux et al. (1988, p. 8)
recommend td = 3L/v, suggesting that the tracer test duration is expected to be three
times the mean residence time distribution f.  For Equation (7), Ad2 = 1.0 mg m~3 for Na-
fluorescein  and Ad2  > 1.0 mg m~3 for all other dyes depending on their respective sorption
characteristics (Kafi, 1998, p. 325).
   Equation (7) includes an additional "safety factor"  S/  that is not intended  to protect
human health or the environment from excessive tracer mass releases. Rather, Sf is intended
to ensure adequate  tracer-mass injection by acting as a fudge factor multiplier to increase
the mass of tracer to be released. Equation (7b) is the equivalent of Equation (7a) adjusted
for some tracer entrance angle other than 30°. The original form of Equation (7b) listed in
Kafi (1998, p. 325) includes what appears to be some time value multiplied by gravitational
acceleration g, but these parameters are not identified and no units are provided.  It is
probable that Equation (7b) required multiplication by g~l in suitable units (e.g., cm s~2,
m s~2).  For this  review, Equation (7b) has been appropriately adjusted.
   Equations (8)-(28) are generally similar to Equations (3)-(7). Equation (8) was intended
for visual detection  of Na-fluorescein. Equations  (9), (10), and (11) each include an aquifer-
and/or tracer-dependent coefficient Tci (Tables 4-7).
                                          16

-------
              Table 5.  Aquifer and tracer-dependent coefficient TCS'
Tracer Dye
Na-fluorescein
eosin
erthrosine
congo red
Methyl blue
Spirit blue
Ponceau red
Clay
0.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
Stone
- 2
- 2
-4.
-8.
-8.
-8.
-4.
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Sandstone Fractured
0.2
0.2
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
- 1.
- 1.
- 3.
-6.
-6.
- 7.
- 3.
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
0.2
0.2
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
- 2.
- 2.
-4.
-8.
-8.
-8.
-4.
Rock Karst
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
0.2
0.2
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
- 1.0
- 1.0
-4.0
-8.0
-8.0
-8.0
-4.0
          Source: Adapted from (Kafi, 1998, p. 325).
                    Table 6. Tracer dependent coefficient TCea.
Tracer Material
Na-fluorescein
eosin
Sulpho Rhodamine G
Rhodamine B
Sulpho Rhodamine B
Rhodamine WT
Pyranine
Na-Napthionate
Tinopal
Duasyne
NaCl
LiCl
KC1
KBr
spores
surfactants
phages (particle count)
Serratia marcescens
microspheres
indium
Tc6
1.0 x 10°
5.5 x 10°
2.0 x 10°
1.5 x 101
4.0 x 10°
2.0 x 101
5.5 x 10°
1.5 x 101
3.0 x 10°

2.0 x 104
1.0 x 103
1.0 x 104

1.5 x 10°
2.0 x 101
1.0 x 1013
1.0 x 1013
1.0 x 1012
1.0 x ID"1
Tc6b
1.0 x 10°
2.0-3.0 x 10°
2.0 x 10°

4.0 x 10°

5.0 x 10°
1.5 x 101
2.5 x 102
4.0 x 10°
1.0 x 104
1.0 x 103

3.0-5.0 x 103


1.0 x 1012

1.0 x 1012

          a Source: Adapted from (Kafi, 1998, p. 327).
          b Modifications to TC(3 from (Schudel et al., 2002, p 21).
Equation (11) as listed in Kafi (1998, p. 327) requires two independent coefficients,

                                       17

-------
                   Table 7. Prevailing test conditions coefficient Tc7a.
          Prevailing Condition                         TCr          TCrb
          Rapid flow in channels                    0.1 - 0.9
          Photosensitive decay                      2.0 - 4.0
          Surface-water flow Q > 3.6 x 106          2.0 - 4.0
          River-bank filtration Q < 1.8 x 104        2.0 - 4.0
          Ground-water flow K < 0.36 m h"1            • • •          1.00 b
          Ground-water flow K < 3.6m h^f?]       2.0- 4.0
          Ground-water flow 0.36 < K < 3.6 m tr1      • • •          0.50 b
          Ground-water flow K > 3.6 m h"1             • • •          0.25 b
          Fractured-rock studies                        • • •         0.2 - 2.0
          Fractured-rock studies with if} > 60°       2.0 - 4.0     2.0 - 4.0
          Karstic  aquifers in general                    • • •         0.2-1.0
          Karstic  aquifers with inflow                   • • •       10(  ®   "1°'93
          Unsaturated zone 1-30 m thick
          Low tracer-background levels
          Turbid samples or
            samples with natural fluorescence
          Unsaturated zone >30 m thick            5.0 - 10.0
          Soil zone with cohesive soils               5.0 - 10.0
          Studies  near a ground-water divide        5.0 - 10.0
          Multiple recovery stations likely           5.0 - 10.0

          a Source: Adapted from (Kafi, 1998, p. 328).
          b Modifications to Tc, from (Schudel et al., 2002, p 21).
and Tc7 (Tables 6 and 7), which requires considerable insight and/or experience on the part
of the practitioner.  Modifications to Tc& and TC7 were obtained from Schudel et al. (2002,
p 21) as shown in Tables 6 and 7 but the requirements of insight and experience have not
been alleviated.
   Equation (12)  is  listed as  being valid only when Q < 5.0 m3 s"1 and L > 12 km.
Equation (13) uses a ratio of swallet inflow to spring discharge Q/q, although the reasoning
for this is not  explained.   Equation (13) is  expected to overestimate tracer mass  for
predominantly vadose systems  >  1  km (Caspar, 1987, p. 49).
   Equation (14) is intended for  use with In-EDTA, and it also includes a loss coefficient
P = 1-3 and a safety factor S/ < 2. The  loss coefficient P represents the mass injected to
the mass recovered, and it is justified on the reasoning  that some mass of the tracer will
be retained in the system (Caspar,  1987, p. 50). The rationale for setting S/ at <  2 is not

                                          18

-------
explained.
   Equations  (15) and  (16) rely on a set amount of dye to be injected per rate of spring
discharge  or swallet inflow, respectively.  These two equations are probably intended for
visual detection and, reportedly,  reduced amounts of fluorescent dye could be released  if
detectors are used for dye sorption (Sweeting, 1973, p.  228).
   Equation  (17) is described in a very confusing manner in Davis et al. (1985, p. 101).
The description appears as: "They [(Drew and Smith, 1969)] recommended using 60 grams
of dye per kilometer of  underground travel,  per 0.15 cubic meters per second of discharge,
at the largest  likely rising."  A more clearly worded statement would have stated that 60
grams of dye is recommended for every kilometer of underground travel for 15% of discharge
(m3 s"1) at the largest likely rising.
   Equations  (18),  (21),  and (22)  were published  by Aley and  Fletcher  (1976)  in  a
tracing  guide  that was also intended to be a practical guide.   Equation (18) is  listed
as being applicable for surface  water and  was intended for  time-of-travel studies  using
Rhodamine  WT. It includes an unidentified multiplier that  may  be a unit conversion
factor, although this is not  clear.  The original form of Equation  (18)  is reported as  a
volume  with units of milliliters (Aley and Fletcher, 1976, p. 7), but this requires that the
unidentified multiplier be a unit conversion factor representing tracer density. The multiplier
appears much too large  to solely represent tracer density,  so it is likely that it is a combined
conversion factor representing density and a fudge factor. Equation  (18) is a modification
of the original equation by Aley  and Fletcher (1976, p. 7) to obtain mass in grams, on the
assumption that the original equation really was intended to yield a volume in milliliters.
   Equations  (19)-(21) represent a progression  in development as technology  improved
(Haas, 1959)  and are really only variants of Equation (8). Equation (19)  was  intended for
visual detection and relates a specific amount of tracer dye mass to discharge and distance.
Equation  (20) was intended for ultraviolet light enhancement  and relates tracer  dye mass
to system volume and distance.  Equation (21) was intended for adsorption onto  activated
carbon and relates  tracer dye mass to discharge  and distance, but it may be expected to
yield excessive  amounts of tracer material (Aley and Fletcher,  1976, p. 9).
   Equation  (22)  is intended for tracing ground-water flow  using  Na-fluorescein and  is
applicable to waters of pH > 5.5, transport via  solution conduits, and dye sorption by
detectors.   Substituting Rhodamine WT for Na-fluorescein requires 2 to 10 times more
tracer dye (Aley  and Fletcher, 1976, p.  9).  This equation supposedly results in reduced
tracer quantities because it does not rely on proposed downstream Cp  (Aley and Fletcher,

                                          19

-------
                Table 8.  Tracer-dye mass per 1000 m of traced distance.
                 Tracer Material                        TMa, grams
                 Na-fluorescein                                282
                 Rhodamine WT                              280
                 Diphenyl Brilliant Flavine 7GFF            > 846
                 Tinopal 5BM GX                          > 846
                 Tinopal BBH Pure                         > 846
                 Phorwite AR                               1694
1976, p. 7-9), although the unsuitability of such a reliance is not clear.
   Equations (23)-(27) specifically relate to actual dye mass, they mix English and Metric
units, and they require multiplication by unidentified unit conversion factors. Each of these
four equations  requires the use of the specific tracer dye  factors of density and purity,
but they were primarily intended for use with liquid Rhodamine WT. Equations (23)-(25)
were intended for discharge measurements in surface-water streams, where Equations (23)
and (24) represent an impulse release and Equation (25) a long-pulse release (e.g., t2 > t).
Equation  (25)  appears very  differently  in the three primary references, but  application
of consistent units and simplification shows  that  the original forms of Equation  (25) are
identical.
   Equation (26) is a slight modification  of Equation (24) and  is intended for  solution
conduits in that it  includes  the  multiplier  1.5 to account  for solution conduit sinuosity.
Equation  (27)  was  designed  for  time-of-travel studies  in surface-water streams and will
produce slightly different results  from those obtained with  Equation (23) (Kilpatrick and
Wilson, 1989, p. 14)  and Equation (24).
   Equation (28) is identified in the  United States  as a  "rule  of thumb"  formula for
determining the appropriate mass of Lycopodium spores to release. It relates a percentage
of discharge with a percentage of distance to obtain the mass needed (Kafi, 1998, p. 325).
   Equations (29)-(33) are somewhat different from most of the  other equations. Equa-
tion (29) has also been generally considered as a rule of thumb in the United States  for trac-
ing flow in solution conduits.  Unlike most of the previous  28 equations, Equation (29) does
not rely on discharge to determine the appropriate tracer mass to be used. Rather, it relies
on mass associated with a specific tracer dye type required for the  expected travel  distance
(Table 8). It was originally intended for visual dye confirmation in elutant (/ = 1.0), but the
                                         20

-------
use of analytical instruments has allowed a reduction in required tracer mass (/ = 0.01 to
/ = 0.1). For tracing in the Appalachians, approximately five times as much dye is needed
for success (Quinlan, pers. comm.}.
   Equations (30) and (31) are considered valid for tracing water flow in solution conduits
using Na-fluorescein (Kafi, 1998, p. 324).  For Equation (30), Sm = 1.0 for L > 100 m up
to some unspecified upper limit and Sm = 2.0 for L > 1000 m also up to some unspecified
upper limit. Equation (31) suggests 1 to 2 grams of dye per 100 m3 of water to  be traced.
   Equations  (32)  and (33) are for  conditions different from those  of the previous 30
equations.  Equation (32) was designed to estimate tracer mass  for lakes and estuaries
with a 1 |j.g L"1 average concentration at the expected sampling locations. Equation  (33)
was designed for phage tracing and includes a phage factor. It appears to be little different
from the other equations in  that it also relies on discharge and peak arrival. However, it
utilizes a phage factor and rather than having units of mass in grams it has units of Np m3
where Np represents the number of phage.
   Flow discharge is clearly  the main factor for  the majority of the 33 equations listed,
suggesting that tracer dilution estimates were an overriding concern during development.
Expected  transport distance or  transport time are also  generally  common elements.   All
other factors included in the equations were intended to address either known complications
(e.g.,  transport distance) or unknown complications (e.g.,  sorption)  that  are expected to
influence final downstream concentrations.
   It should  be noted that many  of the parameters listed in Table 3 require preliminary
calculations.  For example, td = 3f (Parriaux et al., 1988, p. 8) for tracer tests  in solution
conduits may be estimated from
                                      3L   3LA
                                      —   —^-,
                                       v      Q
and td for forced-gradient tracer tests in porous media may be estimated from
                                    3L    3L27r6ne
                                                                                 .  .
                                                                                 34
                                                                                (35)
Such essential calculations are not immediately obvious, however.
   It is also necessary to point out that any equations that require tracer purity Tp in the
calculations, for example,  Equations (18) and (23)-(27), will be greatly affected by minor
changes in the value of Tp. For these equations, fluorescent dye type can profoundly affect
how much tracer will be recommended because of the varying concentrations of different
dyes and their form, liquids or powders.

                                         21

-------
2.1.2.2.   Review  of Sampling  Frequencies.  The most uncertain aspect  of  any
tracing study is the schedule for sample  collection (Kilpatrick and Wilson,  1989,  p.  16).
Whereas much effort has gone into estimating tracer mass for a tracing study, very little
appears to have been done in terms  of determining sample collection frequency. Sampling
frequencies are generally based on travel distances, which suggests  a direct relationship
between travel distance and expected time of arrival. This relationship is obviously correct,
but it is ambiguous because transport velocity as a function of residence time is unknown.
Transport velocities can achieve extreme ranges, rendering invalid sampling schedules based
on transport  distances that are devoid of residence time estimates.
   Tracer test sampling frequencies are typically based on two approaches.   In the first
instance, for  transport via solution conduits, tracer recovery from qualitative tracing tests
(e.g., sorption of fluorescent dyes onto detectors) that are sampled every  few hours, days,
or weeks (Alexander and Quinlan, 1992, p. 21) (most commonly every 1 to 2 weeks) serves
as a basis for determining appropriate sampling frequencies for quantitative-tracing tests.
Sampling schedules based on qualitative  tracing tests have been found to result in false
positive results (Field, 2000, pp. 11-14) and false negative results  (Smart  et al., 1986)  and
cannot be relied upon for predicting  sampling times.
   In the second instance, sampling  frequencies may be based on transport distances from
tracer injection points to expected tracer recovery stations with due consideration to travel
times. For surface-water streams, Kilpatrick and Wilson  (1989, p.  16) suggest that

                                 tp = 2.78 x 10~4—                              (36)
                                                 vp
can be used to determine when to initiate sampling for detection of the tracer leading edge
and 10% of the trailing edge.  Leading edge is given by (Kilpatrick and Wilson, 1989, p. 18)
                                    +    +     dl°                                 (17\
                                    ti = tp	—                                 (67)
and 10% of the tracer trailing edge by (Kilpatrick and Wilson,  1989, p. 18)

                                   feio  = tp + ^                                (38)
Although no  criteria were specified,  (Kilpatrick and Wilson, 1989, p. 18)  suggest that the
number of samples to be collected can be determined by dividing tdw by 30, which  will
result in  an appropriate sampling frequency necessary for describing the ETC.
   A general sampling schedule is shown in Table 9, where sampling times  are based on
travel distance and daily lack of tracer recovery. A specific schedule is shown in Table 10,

                                         22

-------
where sampling times are based on travel distance and lack of timely recovery. In both these
instances sampling frequency was initially determined as a factor of transport distance, but
it is iteratively adjusted to longer times as tracer recovery is delayed.
   A simpler but more realistic method uses average expected travel velocity that is based
on current-meter measurements for surface streams.   For  a porous medium, Darcy's law
may be used to gain a general sense of tracer time of arrival, provided required parameters
(e.g., effective porosity)  are available. For solution conduits, an expected average transport
velocity equal to 0.02 m s~l  may be used as the  basis for  designing a sampling  schedule
(Worthington et al., 2000). This average transport velocity of 0.02 m s"1 was statistically
determined by regression analyses of 2877 tracing tests between sinking streams and springs
in carbonates in 37 countries (Worthington et al., 2000). It has been suggested that sampling
frequency should not be based on average velocity because the leading edge will be missed
(Kilpatrick and  Wilson,  1989, p. 12), but this can be overcome by recognizing  that the
average velocity is  a rough  estimate and represents  a rough average travel time.   The
suggested sampling frequency can be appropriately adjusted to ensure that initial sample
collection begins prior to likely tracer breakthrough.

2.2.   EFFICIENT HYDROLOGIC TRACER-TEST DESIGN (EHTD)
To better facilitate tracer testing in hydrologic  systems,  the EHTD  methodology  was
developed (Field, 2002a).  Unsuccessful quantitative tracer tests using several of the tracer
mass estimation equations  listed in  Table  3 and recommended sample collection frequencies
listed in Tables 9 and 10 and previous qualitative tracer test results led to the development
of EHTD. Application of EHTD to the study site resulted in successful tracer tests  and
showed that good tracer test design can be developed prior to initiating a tracer test (Field,
2000, p. 26).

2.2.1.   Basic Design of EHTD
EHTD is based on the theory that field-measured parameters (e.g.,  discharge, distance,
cross-sectional area)  can  be  combined  in functional relationships that  describe  solute
transport processes related to flow velocity and times of travel. EHTD applies these initial
estimates for times  of travel and velocity  to a hypothetical continuous stirred tank reactor
(CSTR) as an analog for the hydrologic flow system to develop initial estimates for tracer
concentration  and axial dispersion based on a preset  average tracer concentration. Root
determination of the one-dimensional advection-dispersion equation (ADE) using the preset

                                          23

-------
to
                                       Table 9. General sampling schedule for a karst terranea.
Sampling
Distance, km
1
1-10
>10
Day 1
2
4
12
Day 2
3
6
12
Day 3
4-6
8
12
Interval, hours
Days 4-6
8-12
12
12
Day 6
24
24
24
Day 15
24
48
48
                                   Source: Adapted from (Milanovic, 1981, p. 275) and (Caspar, 1987, p. 57).
                                       Table 10.  Specific sampling schedule for a karst terranea.
Site No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Distance, km I
0.60
0.95
1.40
2.90
5.00
11.00

3ays 1-2
2
2
4
4
4
12

Days 3-4
4
4
6
6
6
12
Sampling
Days 5-7
6
6
12
12
12
24
Interval, hours
Days 8-14
12
12
24
24
24
24
Days 15-21
24
24
24
24
24
24
Days 22-49
56
56
56
56
56
56
                   a Source: Adapted from Kafi (1998, p. 333).

-------
average concentration then provides a theoretical basis for an estimate of necessary tracer
mass. Application of the predicted tracer mass with the hydraulic and geometric parameters
in the  ADE allows for an approximation of initial sample-collection time and subsequent
sample  collection frequency where 65 samples  have been empirically determined  to best
describe the predicted ETC.

2.2.2.   Range of Capabilites of EHTD
Although  most of the tracer mass  estimation  equations listed in Table 3 were designed
for tracing in solution conduits in karstic terranes, there appears to be  no logical reason
to exclude porous media systems. The fact that solute transport processes in hydrologic
systems all follow the same basic theoretical principles suggests that an appropriate model
for estimating tracer mass would function effectively for all hydrological systems. However,
such a model would  need to be able to account for slight differences in the nature of the
flow  systems (e.g., effective porosity) and the manner  in which the tracer test is conducted
(e.g., tracer release mode).
   Breakthrough curves predicted using the tracer test design program EHTD  for various
hydrological conditions have been shown to be very reliable (Field, 2002c).  The hydrologic
conditions used to evaluate EHTD ranged from flowing streams to porous media systems
so that the range of  capabilities of EHTD could be assessed.  The flowing streams  used to
evaluate EHTD included tracer tests conducted in small and large surface-water streams,
a  solution conduit,  and a glacial-meltwater stream.   The porous media systems used
to evaluate EHTD included natural gradient,  forced gradient, injection withdrawal,  and
recirculation tracer tests.  Comparisons between the actual tracer tests and the results
predicted by EHTD showed that EHTD adequately predicted tracer breakthrough, hydraulic
characteristics, and sample collection frequency in most instances.

2.3.   TRACER-TEST DESIGN RESULTS USING PREVIOUS METHODS
Tracer-test design examination parameters provided by Parriaux et al. (1988) and reprinted
in Kafi (1998, p. 324) have previously been applied to a small set of the 33 equations listed
in Table 3.  Unfortunately,  only  a  few of these  equations were  examined using the  test
examination parameters.  Although not stated  it is likely that one of the  reasons for the
limited examination  is that additional parameters are necessary for testing  the equations.
                                         25

-------
2.3.1.   Examination  of Tracer-Mass Estimation Equations
The tracer-test design examination parameters originally listed in Parriaux et al. (1988)—
and reprinted in Table  11  with additional  parameters—were  applied to  32  of  the 33
equations in Table 3.  Liquid Na-fluorescein, which is  considered to be the tracer material
used,  is  conventionally available as a  30%  solution  (Tp  = 0.3) and  has a  density of
1.2 g cm~3. Equation (33) was not evaluated because it was designed for conditions other
than those listed in Table 11. Tracer mass estimates using the tracer test design examination
parameters and  Equations (l)-(32) resulted in tracer mass estimates that ranged from a
fraction of a gram of tracer to tens of thousands of grams of tracer (Table 12). Large tracer
mass ranges are probable using the same equation when variable hydrologic  conditions
and/or tracer-dependent coefficients TQ are applied. Equation (25) is expected to produce
greater tracer  mass estimates than the other equations because  it is based on a long-pulse
release (t2 > i),  which will also cause a much later real value for tp than the one listed in
Table 11.
    For perspective, the results of Equations (l)-(32)  may be compared to similar results
produced by
                                         T O 106
                                   M ^ -^                                 (39)
for an impulse release and
                                   M = TpQt2W6                                (40)
for a pulse release.  Although Equations (39) and (40) were not found in any of the references
listed in Table 3, it is likely that they are commonly used because they exhibit mass balance.
However, there appears to be no reason to believe that either would yield reasonable results
because Q is the only included flow system parameter.

2.3.1.1.   Porous Media.  Application of Equations (l)-(32) to the  porous media ex-
amination parameters listed  in Table 11  resulted in tracer mass estimates that ranged from
2.5 x  10~8 g to  4.75 x 108 g, or a difference of >16  orders of  magnitude  (Table 12). If
Equations (5b),  (9), and (20) are removed from consideration, the  difference is 3 orders of
magnitude. Equations (5b) and (9) may legitimately be removed from consideration on the
assumption that Tc4 was misprinted in  Milanovic (1981, p. 276). Equation  (20) may also
include a misprint (volume rather than discharge). A range of 3 orders of magnitude for
tracer mass is  difficult to resolve without additional information or site-specific  experience.

                                         26

-------
 Table 11. Tracer test design parameters.
Parameter
Q, m3 tr1
L, m
W, m
V, m3
6, m
ne
v, m h"1
gam3 n-l
id; n
%» ft
Cp, mg m~3
Ad, mg m
0? rad
sf
t^ h
TCl
/T~I
/T~I
/T~I
/T~I
/T~I
/T~I
^Mi, g
^ M2 ) g
Tp, g cm"3
T
J-P
App
I
Sm
a q=Q/10Q
k t = t/7/3
c 6* = 30°
d t2 = 1.3tB
Porous Media
7.20 x 101
5.00 x 102
1.00 x 102
1.00 x 105
1.00 x 101
1.00 x 10~2
4.17 x 1Q-1
7.20 x 1Q-1
3.60 x 103
1.20 x 103
1.00 x 101
1.00 x 10°
5.24x ID'1
1.00 x 10°
1.56 x 103
5.00 x 10°
3.00 x 103
2.50 x ID"1
2.50 x 10~9
5.00 x ID"1
1.00 x 10°
5.00 x ID"1
2.00 x 103
2.40 x 104
1.20 x 10°
3.00 x 1Q-1
5.00 x 10°
1.00 x ID"1
1.00 x 10°




Karst
3.60 x 102
3.00 x 103
1.00 x 102
3.00 x 105
1.00 x 102
1.00 x 101
4.17 x 101
3.60 x 101
2.16 x 102
7.20 x 101
1.00 x 101
1.00 x 10°
5.24x ID'1
1.00 x 10°
9.63 x 101
2.00 x 10°
5.00 x 103
2.50 x ID'1
2.50 x 10~9
5.00 x 10-1
1.00 x 10°
5.00 x 10-1
2.00 x 103
2.40 x 104
1.20 x 10°
3.00 x 1Q-1
1.00 x 10°
1.00 x ID"1
1.00 x 10°




Adapted from Parriaux et al. (1988, p. 9).
                    27

-------
       Table 12. Tracer-mass estimates.
Equationa
(la)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5a)
(5b)
(6)
(7a)
(7b)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
Porous Media, g
2.63 x 102
2.00 x 10°
2.50 x 102
3.00 x 103
2.50 x 10°
2.50 x 10~8
1.30 x 103
2.92 x 103
2.92 x 103
1.00 x 101
1.25 x 10~4
2.50 x 102
3.50 x 103
5.12 x 102
1.00 x 103
3.00 x 10°
4.00 x 101
4.80 x 10°
9.00 x 102
4.15 x 102
3.60 x 102
4.75 x 10s
9.84 x 101
2.29 x 102
3.05 x 102
4.16 x 102
1.35 x 103
6.24 x 102
4.83 x 102
1.80 x 103
7.05 x 101
5.00 x 102
1.00 x 103
5.00 x 102
Karst, g
8.80 x 101
4.72 x 101
6.00 x 102
1.56 x 102
7.50 x 101
7.50 x 10~7
3.89 x 102
1.77 x 105
1.76 x 105
3.00 x 102
7.50 x 10~4
1.50 x 103
1.50 x 103
3.36 x 103
3.00 x 104
9.00 x 10-1
2.00 x 102
2.40 x 101
2.70 x 104
1.24 x 102
1.80 x 103
8.55 x 109
2.95 x 103
1.25 x 102
9.15 x 101
1.24 x 102
4.04 x 102
1.87 x 102
1.56 x 102
5.40 x 104
8.46 x 101
3.00 x 103
3.00 x 103
1.50 x 103
a Prom Table 3.

-------
   For comparison purposes, Equations (39) and (40) would yield 2.16 x 107 g and 3.37 x
1010 g for the impulse and pulse releases, respectively. The results of Equation (39) appear
to be the greatest of all except for those of Equation (20) and the results of Equation (40) are
greater than those of all 32 examined equations (Table 12). Equations (20), (39), and (40)
likely represent an absolute upper range of tracer mass to release, and releases in this range
would probably be excessive and possibly harmful (Field et al., 1995; Behrens et al., 2001).

2.3.1.2.   Karstic  Media.  Results of the karstic media examination parameters listed
in Table 11  in  Equations  (l)-(29)  produced  tracer mass  estimates  that ranged from
7.50 x 10~7 g to 8.55  x 109 g, a difference also of >16 orders of magnitude.   Removing
Equations (5b), (9), and (20) results in a difference of 5 orders of magnitude. As in the case
with porous media, such a large range is difficult to resolve without additional information
or site-specific experience.
   Equations (39) and (40) resulted in l.OSx 10s g and 1.01 x 1010 g for the impulse and pulse
releases, respectively. Equation (39) resulted in an estimated mass greater than all but that
of Equation (20) (Table 12) and the results of Equation (40) are greater than those of all 32
examined equations  (Table 12).  As with the porous media estimates,  Equations  (20), (39),
and (40)  likely represent an upper limit for tracer mass to  release, and such a release would
probably be excessive and possibly  harmful (Field et al., 1995; Behrens et al., 2001).

2.4.   EHTD ANALYSIS OF THE TWO TRACER TESTS
As with  the 33  equations  listed  in Table  3,  use  of  the EHTD methodology  requires
that  specific  flow-system parameters be measured  or reasonably estimated.  A subset of
parameters from Table 11 that represent the required parameters necessary for evaluation
by EHTD are shown in Table 13.    From Table  13 it is apparent that only measurable
parameters related to  the hydraulics of the flow system are required for EHTD analysis.
However, the two tracer-specific parameters, retardation and decay, and the sinuosity factor
are  not required.  The sinuosity factor is  an adjustable  multiplier  <1.5 that is similar
to the one used in  Equation  (26) except  that Equation (26)  requires  the  inclusion of
Sn = 1.5.  It is  also used by  EHTD to  increase  the measured straight-line distance  by
an appropriate distance, because natural solution conduits are not constrained to perfectly
straight channels.
   Although  not presented  in Table  13, EHTD also requires identification of the type of
flow system tracer test, the type of release, and the time for tracer injection, in an attempt

                                          29

-------
                     Table 13. EHTD tracer test design parameters.
Parameter
Q, m3 h-1
Afm2
L, m
W, m
6, m
ne
q, m3 h"1
Cp, mg m-3
t2^h
Ci° mg m~3
7i° dimen.
72^ dimen.
snc
Rd
^h-1
Porous Media
7.20 x 101

5.00 x 102
1.00 x 102
1.00 x 101
1.00 x 10~2
7.20 x ID'1
1.00 x 101
1.56 x 103
0.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°

1.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°
Karst
3.60 x 102
8.63 x 10°
3.00 x 103



3.60 x 10°
1.00 x 101
9.63 x 101
0.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°
1.00 x 10°
1.00 x 10°
0.00 x 10°
                      a For this  analysis,  A =  Q/v for the karstic  spring.
                        Normally Q and A would be measured concurrently
                        and the solution v = Q/A used by EHTD.
                      b Parameter required by EHTD for pulse and continu-
                        ous releases.
                      c These parameters not required by EHTD but must be
                        listed in the input  file.
to ensure universality.  The type of flow system tracer test can be simply a flowing stream
(open-channel or closed-conduit flow = surface-water stream or solution conduit) or it can be
porous media.  EHTD analysis of porous media systems additionally requires consideration
of any one of the following hydraulic conditions:

   1.  Natural gradient tracer test,

   2.  Forced gradient tracer test (extraction well),

   3.  Injection/withdrawal test (injection well rate = pumping well rate), or

   4.  Recirculation  test (injection well rate = pumping well rate while recirculating  the
      tracer back to the injection well).

The tracer test parameters listed in Table 13 relate to a solution conduit tracer test and a


                                           30

-------
forced gradient porous media tracer test, the latter assumed because of the relatively high
discharge rate (72 m3 h"1) provided by Parriaux et al.  (1988, p. 9).
   Type of tracer release refers to three methods of tracer injection; impulse, pulse, and
continuous.  Impulse (instantaneous) releases are the most common tracer injection method
for karstic systems, whereas pulse  releases (slow releases  over some period of time) are the
most  common tracer injection method for porous  media systems.  Continuous releases are
rarely employed in either system, primarily  because of  cost. For the  porous media and
karstic tracer test parameters listed in Tables 11  and 13, impulse releases were assumed
except for Equation (22), in which a long-pulse release was assumed.
   Time for tracer injection refers specifically to tracer injection time, but  it also may
include pre- and post-tracer injection  flush water to account for additional  dilution effects.
Total dilution volume VD is  obtained from

                                   VD = (q + Q)t,                                (41)

which should not be considered a technically correct approach. However, it  does yield good
approximations for dilution effects, which will usually be equal to or greater than the system
volume V calculated from the total discharge for the duration of the tracer test.  For this
analysis,  VD was of some significance because q was fairly significant.

2.4.1.  EHTD Results
Application of EHTD to the parameters listed in Table 13 resulted in tracer mass estimates
of 525 g for the impulse release and 1950 g for the pulse release for  the porous media  tracer
test and 102 g for the impulse release and 631 g for the pulse release for the karstic  tracer
test (Table 14). To obtain these results, EHTD uses an average concentration C rather than
a peak concentration Cp. For this  analysis, the peak concentration used in Equations (1)-
(32)  was taken as the average concentration.  The effect  of taking Cp = C was relatively
insignificant, because Rd = 1.0 and fi = 0.0 h"1 (Field, 2002a).
   Hydraulic parameters from EHTD simulations of the porous media and karstic  tracer
tests are shown in Table 14. Tracer breakthrough  curves for the porous media and karstic
systems tracer tests are shown in  Figures 1 and 2, respectively.  All  the parameters  listed
in Table 14 were calculated by EHTD using the parameters listed in Table 13.  Some  of the
EHTD-calculated parameters listed in Table 14 (e.g., v] approximate the same parameters
listed in Table  11.  However, important transport  parameters such as axial dispersion DL
and Peclet number Pe are uniquely calculated by EHTD. Although these parameters may

                                         31

-------
 Table 14.  EHTD tracer test analysis results.
Parameter
Mf g
Af!?g
t, h
tpfh
tp^h
^,'mh-1
i^nitr1
t^mh-1
DLfm2 h~l
D^m2 h~l
af m
o^m
p a
-* e
Peb
tifh
ti^h
t/fh
tfih
£
-------
                                                  TRACER MASS =  516.54 g
                                                    —  Breakthrough Curve
                                                     n  Sampling Times
                                                                     20
Figure 1. EHTD results for an impulse release for the porous media test parameters.
         §
         o
                                                 TRACER MASS =  101.43 g
                                                   	  Breakthrough Curve
                                                       Sampling Times
                           50
100          150
 Time (h)
                                                                  200
    Figure 2. EHTD results for an impulse release for the karstic test parameters.
                                           33

-------
          I
           §
              20
              15
              10
                                               TRACER MASS =2.30E+00 kg
                                                	  Breakthrough Curve
                                                  O  Sampling Times
                            10
 20           30
Time (wk)
40
     Figure 3. EHTD results for a pulse release for the porous media test parameters.

be only crudely approximated by EHTD, it has been shown that these parameter estimates
are generally reasonable (Field, 2002c). Also, although t remained unchanged regardless
of the type of tracer release employed, tp and Cp were greatly increased when a long-pulse
release was employed (Table 14)  (Figures  3 and 4)  for the respective hydrologic systems.
A long-pulse release also causes an earlier t\ but a greater t/  (Table 14).
   It will be noted that V = 7.85 x 104 m3  and V = 2.59 x 104 m3 for the porous media and
karstic tracer tests, respectively.  These volumes are much greater  than the volumes listed
in Table 11.  The  difference is a result  of arbitrarily  choosing of V (Parriaux et al., 1988,
p. 9) as opposed to calculating V using an accepted approach such as
                                            QL
                                       V =
                                           (42)
Applying Equation  (42) results  in V = 8.64 x 104 m3  and V = 2.59 x 104 m3 for the
porous media and karstic tracer tests, respectively.  Using these recalculated volumes in the
equations listed in Table 3 did not significantly change the results of Equation (4), but it
caused a slight  decrease in the results of Equations  (20) and (31) and a substantial decrease
in the results of Equation (32) (Table 15).  Although not expected, the estimated mass
using Equation (32) with the improved estimates for V was in better agreement with the
EHTD-predicted mass for the karstic media tracer  test.
                                          34

-------
                                     TRACER MASS =  681.65 g
                                       	  Breakthrough Curve
                                            Sampling Times
Figure 4. EHTD results for a pulse release for the karstic test parameters.
         Table 15. Tracer-dye mass per 1000 m of traced distance.
Equationa
(4)
(20)
(31)
(32)
Porous Media, g
3.00 x 103
4.10 x 10s
8.64 x 102
4.32 x 102
Karst, g
1.51 x 102
7.38 x 108
2.59 x 102
1.30 x 102
            From Table 3.
                                     35

-------
2.4.1.1.   EHTD Porous-Media Analysis Results.  Comparisons with EHTD-estimated
tracer mass for the impulse release for the porous media tracer test suggest that only Equa-
tions (12), (18), (23), (26), (30), and (32) can reasonably be considered for estimating tracer
mass. Of these, only Equation  (26) gave a greater result that was greater than the EHTD-
estimated tracer mass, the other values being relatively low. Interestingly, Equation (12) is
considered invalid for these conditions  (L < 12 km), whereas Equation (30) is considered
valid for tracing solution  conduits. Equations (18), (23), (26), and (32)  were all  intended
for tracing surface water.  For the pulse release, Equation (25) underestimated M slightly
relative to EHTD, probably as a result of the lack of consideration for additional dilution
effects  caused by  q.

2.4.1.2.   EHTD Karstic-Media Analysis Results.   Comparisons with EHTD-estimated
tracer mass for the karstic tracer test suggest that only Equations (la), (4), (5a), (18), (22),
(23), (26), (27), and  (29) reasonably  estimate the appropriate mass of  tracer to release.
The results of equations (la), (5a), and (29) are low relative to the EHTD-estimated tracer
mass, whereas those for Equations (4)  and (18), (22), (23),  (26), (27)  are relatively high.
Equations (4), (5a), and (29) all require the use of multipliers representing tracer-dependent
factors controlled by aquifer conditions.  These multipliers may also assume a range of val-
ues, but  only Equation (29) is  reasonably specific regarding which multiplier value to use
for the given conditions.  As with the porous media tracer test, the pulse release described
by Equation  (25) underestimated M slightly relative to EHTD, again probably as a result
of the lack of consideration for  additional dilution effects  caused by q.

2.4.2.    Mass Required as Related to Sorption by Detectors
Several of the 33 equations  listed in Table 3, for example, Equations (5a),  (21), (22), and
(29), were specifically intended for sorption onto detectors, allowing for reduced tracer-dye
concentrations. For the porous media tracer test, Equation (5a),  (19), (22), and (29) all
resulted in a lower estimated tracer mass than the mass suggested by EHTD. For the karstic
tracer test, Equations (5a), (19)-(22), (29) all resulted in greater tracer mass estimates than
suggested by EHTD.
   In general, the vast majority of the 32 of 33 equations listed in Table 3 and tested resulted
in much greater tracer mass estimates than suggested by EHTD for either  the porous media
system or the karstic system.  Tracer dye concentration enhancement by activated carbon
should allow for  much lower tracer mass estimates  than predicted by EHTD. However,

                                          36

-------
the lack of a measurable and distinct ETC that is normally obtained when water samples
are collected and analyzed prevents  clear determination that the dye of interest has been
recovered.

2.5.  TRAVEL TIMES AND  SAMPLING FREQUENCIES
Typically, users of Equations (l)-(33) would initiate sample collection frequencies according
to flow rates estimated using Darcy's law for porous-media aquifers.  Unfortunately, because
hydraulic  conductivity, hydraulic  gradient, and effective porosity  may not be available,
Darcy's law is difficult to apply. For karstic aquifers, weekly or biweekly sample collection
schedules  for qualitative tracer tests are conventionally  employed.  Alternatively, schedules
shown in Tables 9 and 10 may be considered if water samples are to be collected. Rarely,
an assumed karstic-flow velocity of 0.02 m s"1 may be considered  in defining a sampling
schedule.

2.5.1.  Travel Times
The suggested time of arrival for peak concentration tp for the tracer test design examination
parameters (Table 11) of 50 days  and 72 hours  for the  porous media case and the karstic
media case, respectively, really represent t. Because of the difficulty in estimating tp prior to
conducting a tracer test, tp  ~  f was taken as a necessary approximation. EHTD predicted
tp = 41 days and 81 days for the impulse release  and the pulse release for the porous media
tracer test, respectively,  and tp = 70 hours (3 days) and 131 hours (6 days) for the pulse
release and the impulse  release for the karstic media tracer test, respectively (Table 14).
Clearly the tp was very well approximated by EHTD for both example tracer tests.
   The use of td = 3 L/v suggests durations of  150 days and 9 days for the porous media
and karstic system,  respectively (Table  11).   EHTD, however, suggested 136 and 8 days
for the porous-media and karstic  system tracer tests, respectively, for  an impulse release
(Figs. 1 and 2) and 274 and 14 days for the porous-media and karstic system tracer tests,
respectively,  for a pulse release (Figs.  3 and 4) (Table 14).  These differences occurred
because EHTD employs a slightly different process for estimating td- These latter times are
relatively  insignificant.

2.5.2.  Sampling times
EHTD suggests appropriate sampling frequencies based on the type of flow system and
the type of release.  In all instances, sampling-frequency suggestions are determined by the

                                         37

-------
expected times of travel and the need to adequately define the ETC. Early detection of
tracer breakthrough requires that sampling be initiated prior to initial tracer breakthrough.
Sixty-five  samples are recommended for adequate ETC  definition, especially for instances
in which BTCs may  be multimodal or long tailed (Field 200la). Application of weekly or
biweekly sampling schedules or the sampling schedules listed in Tables 9 and 10 would fail
to adequately define  either ETC.
   Collecting samples for the EHTD-suggested durations td listed in Table 14 would clearly
define the entire ETC  should the tracer tests conform to the ADE. If tracer recoveries
were still strong beyond the EHTD-suggested durations, sampling analyses could continue
unimpeded at the EHTD-suggested frequencies.

2.5.2.1.   Porous Media Sampling Times.  Figures 1 and 3 depict the recommended
sampling times for 65 samples that correspond, for impulse and pulse releases, respectively
for the porous-media case. Suggested sampling frequencies were 48 hours for the impulse
case  and 96 hours for a pulse release (Table 14). Initial suggested sample-collection times
were eight days and nine days  after  tracer injection for  the impulse and pulse releases,
respectively (Table 14).

2.5.2.2.   Karstic  Media Sampling  Times.  Recommended  sampling  times for the
karstic test, for impulse and pulse releases are shown in Figures 2 and 4. Suggested sampling
frequencies were three hours for the impulse case and five hours for a pulse release (Table 14).
Initial suggested sample-collection times  were 29 hours and 18 hours after tracer injection
for the impulse and pulse releases, respectively (Table 14).

2.6.   NOTATIONS FOR SECTION 2.
  A  cross-sectional  area of a spring (m2)
Abd  absorbance of dye sample  (nm)
Abs  absorbance of dye at 100% strength (nm)
Adl  tracer adsorption coefficient >1.0 (mgm~3[?])  (Note: adsorption is normally identi-
     fied as a distribution coefficient  in niL3 g"1)
Ad2  tracer adsorption coefficient >1.0 (mg m~3) (Note: adsorption is normally identified
     as a distribution coefficient in niL3  g"1)
App  multiplier for Appalachian karst =  5.0
  a  dispersivity =  ^ (m)

                                         38

-------
   b  aquifer thickness (m)
 C0  initial (stock) dye concentration (g m~3)
 Cp  expected peak tracer concentration (mg m~3)
 DL  axial dispersion (m2 h"1)
   g  gravitational acceleration = 978.039 at 0° Latitude[?] (cm s~2[?])
   /  multiplier for instrumental analysis = 0.01 to 1.0
  K  aquifer hydraulic conductivity (mh"^?])
  L  expected tracer transport distance (m)
 M  calculated tracer mass to inject (g)
 Mp  number of phage to be release (Np m3)
  ne  effective porosity (dimen.)
   9  expected tracer entrance angle for transverse spread (degrees)
  P  expected ratio of injected tracer  to  recovered tracer (In-EDTA) representing tracer
      loss = 1.0 to 3.0 (dimen.)
  Pe  Peclet number = ^j  (dimen.)
 Ph  phage factor and count &  2.0 x 1010 to 5.0 x 1010  (dimen.)
  -0  tracer scattering angle (degrees)
   q  inflow rate at injection point (m3 h"1)
  Q  well or spring discharge (m3 h"1)
 Rd  tracer retardation (dimen.)
 Sf  safety factor to ensure adequate peak concentration for detection (dimen.)
 Sm  multiplier for tracer mass = 1.0 to 2.0 (dimen.)
 Sn  sinuosity factor = l.Ox to 1.5x (dimen.)
  td  expected duration of tracer test (h)
 tdw  expected tracer test duration at 10% of the peak concentration (s)
  ti  time for first sample to be collected  (h)
  t<2  tracer injection time for a pulse injection  (h)
  tf  time interval for sample collection (h)
  tp  expected time to peak tracer arrival (h)
 ttw  trailing edge to 10%  level  (h)
 Td  aquifer and tracer-dependent coefficients [Tables 4-7] (dimen.)
TM-L  tracer dye (Na-fluorescein) mass to inject per spring discharge = 2.0 x 103 to 5.0 x 103
      (g)
TM2  tracer dye (Na-fluorescein) mass to inject per inflow rate at injection point  = 2.4 x 104

                                          39

-------
     (g)
Mg   tracer dye [Table 8] mass for 1000 m transport distance (g)
                     Ah
Tv   tracer purity = n /  x 100  (dimen.)
  1                  ^o-^bs
Tp   tracer density  (g c^m)
 H   tracer decay (h"1)
 v   average velocity for tracer migration (m h"1)
vp   expected velocity for peak tracer migration (m s"1)
 V   flow system  volume (m3)
VD   dilution volume for a spring or well (m3)
W   transverse spread of tracer (m)
                                         40

-------
Part  II
MODEL  THEORY  AND  METHOD
DEVELOPMENT

         .  '•
Controlled release of slightly diluted uranine (Acid Yellow 73) into a storm drain to test
for leakage. Tracer release is accomplished using a small, valveless, variable-rate, positive-
displacement, fluid-metering pump operating on a 12-volt dc battery withdrawing fluid from
a graduated cylinder. The decline in tracer in the graduated cylinder with respect to time
provides a check on the rate of tracer release.
                                        41

-------
                3.   TRACER-TEST DESIGN METHODOLOGY

   Previous efforts aimed at estimating tracer mass to be released for a tracer test focused
primarily  on expected dilution and drew upon the originators experience.  None of the
previous efforts appear to have been derived according to solute-transport theory. It would
also appear that solute-transport theory was seldom considered in designing tracer-sampling
schedules. Solute-transport theory in natural and controlled systems has been investigated
extensively and is well-understood.  It would  seem appropriate then to consider solute-
transport  theory as a tool for  determining the optimal tracer mass for release and sample-
collection  frequency.
3.1.   SOLUTE-TRANSPORT MODELING
Numerous model variations designed to describe solute  transport have been developed.
A general one-dimensional advection-dispersion equation  (ADE)  typically appears as (see
Notations section)

                         R^ = D^-^-vC + ^(z}                      (43)
The retardation factor Rd can represent retardation in porous media by (Freeze and Cherry,
1979, p. 404)

                                   Rd=l + ^                                (44)
                                              v
or Rd can represent retardation in fractured media by  (Freeze  and Cherry, 1979, p. 411)

                                    Rd = I + ^                                (45)
                                              bf
or Rd can represent retardation in a solution conduit by (Field and Pinsky, 2000)

                                    Rd = l +                                     (46)
   The first-order rate  coefficient for tracer decay // in porous media is given as (Toride
et al., 1995, p. 3)
                                           Pb^dP's                               (A>7\
                                  » = » + —j-                               (^
in fractured media may be taken as

                                   H = M+    atl8                               (48)
                                              bf
                                         42

-------
and in solution conduits may be taken as
                                          ,  1Kavs
                                   H = Hi -\ --                                (49)
                                              r
If tracer decay for the liquid phase Hi equals tracer decay for the sorbed phase ns then the
combined first-order decay n is equal to HiRd (Toride et al., 1995, p. 4) which is a reasonable
assumption commonly employed (Toride et al., 1995, p. 35).
   The zero-order production coefficient 7(2) in porous media is given  as (Toride et al.,
1995, p. 3)
                                                                                 (50)
It is applicable to fractured media and solution conduits with 9=1 (100%).

3.2.  TRACER MASS  ESTIMATION

The most straightforward  method for estimating tracer  mass is  to obtain a  solution to
Equation  (43) and then solve for  average concentration or its  real root /(#*)  ~ 0. As a
basic control, it is  necessary to include a desired average concentration C that corresponds
to average time for peak concentration Cp that corresponds to peak time tp.
   A simple solution to Equation  (43) for a Dirac (6) function for  obtaining the maximum
tracer concentration that ignores tracer retardation and decay is
                             f(x*) = CP -- M                               (51)
                             •)  \  /    P    A     /~t  T^( 7 '                         V  /
which may be solved explicitly for tracer mass M.  Equation (51) will generally provide
a reasonable estimate for  M, provided  reasonable estimates are available for the other
parameters. However, Equation (51) may be oversimplified for many applications because
it deals only with peak concentration and lacks consideration of tracer retardation and
tracer decay. Applying Equation (51) may result in excessive tracer mass estimates, which
is neither desirable from a hydrologic, aesthetic,  economic, human  health, or ecological
perspective, nor is it necessary to  achieve positive tracer recovery.   Alternatively, actual
tracer retardation and/or tracer decay may result in  tracer mass estimates that are too
small for adequate tracer recovery.
   Application of more comprehensive  solutions  to  Equation  (43)  will provide a more
reasonable and reliable estimate for  the tracer mass  to  be injected.  Some  solutions to
Equation  (43) can be evaluated explicity for M, but  other solutions  for (43)  may  require
evaluation for its real root for some x* e [ai,a2], where x* represents the estimated mass
M.

                                          43

-------
3.2.1.   Model Solutions
Solutions  for  Equation  (43)  for impulse  and  pulse  releases  are most  appropriate for
estimating tracer mass.  A  continuous release is less  relevant because most  tracer tests
involve a finite time period for release. Although not a physical reality, it  is probable that
most tracer tests, especially  in karstic aquifers, attempt to achieve an impulse  release that
may be described as a Dirac (S) pulse. However, many attempts at an impulse release are
actually pulse releases due to the time involved for the tracer to reach the flow system under
investigation (Field, 1997; Field and Pinsky, 2000).
   Applying the dimensionless parameters listed in the Notations section to Equation (43)
result in (Toride et al., 1995, p. 4)

                                1^%- —-^a + 7E(^),                   (52)

which may be  solved for the boundary  value problem (BVP),  the initial value problem
(IVP), and the production value problem (PVP) by the law of superposition  for resident
concentration using a third-type inlet condition as (Toride et al., 1995, p. 6)

                    CE(Z,  T) = CB(Z,  T) + CT(Z, T) + CP(Z, T),                 (53)

where the  B, /, and P superscripts denote boundary, initial, and production value problems,
respectively.   A third-type  inlet boundary condition  for resident concentration  is used
because it conserves mass (Toride et al., 1995, p. 5) and it is the most physically realistic
(Silebi and Schiesser,  1992, pp. 418-431).
   EHTD considers only uniform constant initial concentration C1 (Z, T) for  background
concentrations. EHTD considers only exponential production for CP(Z, T} and is intended
to relate only  to bacterial growth for release of a living bacterial agent.  For  tracer mass
estimation, CT(Z, T)  and CP(Z, T)  can usually be taken as zero, so  that CE(Z, T) =
CB(Z, T).

3.2.1.1.   Impulse  Release for  BVP.  which  when solved  for  the  boundary  value
problem is (modified from Toride et al., 1995, p. 13)

                                                     Z,T),                       (54)
       	771   	
where  C  (Z, T) is a  preset  mean  volume-aver aged  concentration that corresponds  to
dimensionless distance Z and dimensionless mean residence time T. The auxiliary function

                                         44

-------
Tf is defined as (Toride et al., 1993,  1995, p. 14)



                                P     -pe(RdZ-T)2  p          /  R,Z-\-T  \
          ^K ( ry rr\       —"5	  /   e    	AD T	   e   PZ  C  I   ^^^I-L   \       / r r \
          ,(Z,T)  =  e Rd \l^j^e   4RdT    ^e   erfc |    	=   .     (55)


                                                                        J
                                                                      	
   Solving Equation (54) explicitly for M or for its real root as it relates to C  (Z, T) limits

the solution to the concentration corresponding with average travel time, which will be less

than the peak concentration.




3.2.1.2.   Pulse Release /or BVP.  The solution to Equation (52) for a pulse release


for the case where HE = 0 is (modified from Toride et al., 1995,  p. 14)



                   /(**) = CE(Z, T) - V & - #_!)  If (Z,T - ft),               (56)
and for the case where //E ^ 0 is (modified from Toride et al., 1995, p. 14)

                                       2

                   /(**) = CE(Z, T) -        - #_i) rf (Z,T - TO,               (57)
                                                                  _ t1   _

where  (56) and  (57) are again solved for the real root as related to C  (Z,T~), in which


the result will be less than the peak concentration. The auxiliary functions F^ and F.f are


defined as (Toride et al., 1993, 1995, p. 14)
             rf(Z, T)  =  ^erfcl -^^^=  I W^^e
                                                                                (58)

                            Z  V           ^ y          \^RdT/Pe]
                                                         x \         '

when p,E = 0 and


                                                  EdZ - wT
                                                  RdZ + uT
                                    e    2    erfc
                                                         d
                                                 erfc         _   =               (59)

                                                        '4RdT/Pe
where tt = \/l + -p- when /^  7^ 0 (i.e., //  > 0).



                                         45

-------
3.2.1.3.   Uniform Initial Concentration (IVP).  The IVP may be solved for uni-
form initial concentration by (Toride et al., 1995, p. 10)
                                                                               (60)
The auxiliary function Ff is defined as
     rf(Z, T)   =  e Rd  { l--erfc
                                  Ed(Z - Zi) - T
             +  S
l + Pe(Z + Zi)
                                            ePeZ erfc
                                   PT  p 7 Pe[fld(Z + ^) + T]2
                                   ^  PsZ	U^T	
                                                                               (61)
3.2.1.4.   Exponential Production (PVP).  The PVP may be solved for solute pro-
duction that changes exponentially with distance by (Toride et al., 1995, p. 12)

                                     = 7i + 72e-A^,                           (62)
which gives the solution as (Toride et al., 1995, p.  12)
CP(Z, T} =
                    T
                     71 If (Z, T- 0) + 72 If (Z, T- Xp)dT
                  71
                    [1 - Ff (Z, T- 0) - TJ(Z, T- fjL
                     (HE > o)
                                           	
                                     pE( 7 rr. \P\ rl-.
                                     1 4 [Zjj 1 , A  J a/
                     (^E = o)
where the auxiliary functions Ff and TE are defined as
                                                           T
                                                         if (z, T- \p) dt
       TE(Z, T)  =  e
                                         - - erfc
                                                                2Xp/Pe)T
                      e  Rd     erfc
                                                         (63)

                                                         (64)


                                                         (65)
                                                                               (66)
                                        46

-------
and

                            1  /  \Z-T + ^\  erfc
                         T
                         2    1Pe        ma
                                                                                (67)
3.2.2.   Tracer Retardation and Tracer Decay
Application of any solution to Equation (43) or Equation (52) for instances where tracer
retardation and tracer decay are significant (Rd > 1; p > 0) can have profound effects on
the shape of the ETC. Commonly, increasing Rd tends to cause a flattening, lengthening,
and spreading of the ETC, whereas increasing p causes only a  flattening of the ETC.
   Conversely, increasing Rd when using Equations (54), (56), or (57) results in a steepening,
lengthening, and spreading of the  ETC. An increase in Rd has the effect of reducing the
calculated value for C  , which causes a concomitant increase in estimated mass M so that
the set value for C  can be maintained.  A lengthening and spreading of the ETC continues
in a normal manner because the time of travel t is not considered in the root determination.
   Increasing p when solving for the root also causes a steepening of the ETC because it
also has the effect of reducing the calculated value for C  .  The  net effect is to cause an
increase in estimated mass M so that the preset value for C  can be maintained.

3.3.  SOLUTE TRANSPORT
Preliminary estimates for tracer mass in conjunction with travel time estimates and related
hydraulic parameters may be applied to any particular solution to Equation (52) to obtain
a ETC. Inverse analysis using the estimated parameters M, Rd, and/or p and the predicted
ETC can  be conducted to observe the sensitivity of the  model  to any  one of the three
parameters.
   The primary difficulty with application of any particular  solution  to the ADE is the
need to estimate not only the tracer mass but the times of travel  (t, tpl and  tj), which are
related to flow velocity (v, VP} Vi) and axial dispersion Dz. An inability on the part of the
originators of previous tracer mass estimation equations (Field, 2002c) to estimate f, v, and

                                         47

-------
Dz prior to initiating a tracer test is the most likely reason why solute transport theory was
ignored when developing tracer mass estimation methods. Because t and Dz can take  on
a wide range even when assuming steady-flow conditions, reasonable initial estimates for t
and Dz can be difficult to obtain and are most commonly acquired from a tracer test.
   Estimates for hydraulic parameters can, however, be obtained from some basic flow-
system  measurements, functional relationships, and  consideration of a  simple conceptual
model of the flow system. Although  the simple model and functional  relationships may
be only approximations, they are likely to be sufficiently reliable as  to lead  to a good
approximation of some basic hydraulic parameters that are necessary for a successful tracer
test.

3.4.   HYDRAULIC AND GEOMETRIC PARAMETERS
The use of Equations (54), (56),  or (57) for assessing transport processes and  predicting
tracer mass requires that specific hydraulic and geometric parameters measured in the field
be combined in simple functional relationships. These measured parameters and functional
relationships can then be applied in a simple hypothetical model as a precursor to application
of the ADE.

3.4.1.  Measured Parameters
For flowing streams in surface channels or solution conduits, measurements  for discharge
Q,  cross-sectional area A,  and transport distance  L need to be taken.   These  three
parameters are the most  important  measurable field  parameters necessary for establishing
basic  hydraulic and geometric controls in any hydrologic system.
   For porous media, additional measurements or estimates for specific parameters must
also be taken.  These additional parameters are expected transverse spread W and vertical
spread H of the tracer plume and effective porosity ne. Moreover, it is necessary that the
type of tracer test be identified as either a natural gradient test  or a forced gradient test in
which a radially symmetric flow field is created by an extraction well.

3.4.2.  Functional Relationships
Discharge,  cross-sectional area, and transport  distance can each be measured at a down-
stream location such as a spring if a karst aquifer or estimated from Darcy's law if a porous-
media aquifer.  Transport distance in  solution  conduits may be corrected for sinuosity  by
                                         48

-------
multiplying by a sinuosity factor < 1.5 (Sweeting, 1973, p. 231). Surface stream or solution
conduit volume V may be estimated by

                                      V = AL.                                   (68)

Aquifer volume for porous media with regional gradient is estimated by

                                     V = LWH,                                  (69)

and aquifer volume for porous media under forced-gradient conditions is estimated by

                                                 .                                (70)

   Average flow velocity v for a surface stream or solution conduit may be estimated from
or, for a natural gradient tracer test in porous media, by application of Darcy's law. Initial
average flow velocity  for a natural gradient tracer test will conform to the basic form of
Equation (71) when ne is included

                                                                                 (72)
although width W may be difficult to estimate. If W cannot reasonably be estimated, then
velocity is estimated from
                                           /o
                                                                                 (73)
                                        L/2Hne'
which is not theoretically correct but may result in an acceptable approximation.
   For a forced gradient tracer test in porous media in which the gradient is influenced by
either a single extraction well or by a combination of an injection well and a withdrawal
well, velocity may be estimated from (Kafi, 1998, p. 377)
                                           /o
                                                                                 (74)
and for an injection-withdrawal tracer test with recirculation from (Webster et al., 1970)
                                                                                 (75)
                                         49

-------
3.4.3.   Travel Time Estimates
Estimates for transport velocities translate directly into transport times.  Initial average
time of travel f is estimated from

                                       f=l                                    (76)

and tracer test  duration from

                                     *„ = ^                                  (77)

where  2 <  nm  < 3, depending on the type of tracer release. Parriaux et al. (1988, p. 8)
recommend  nm = 3, but it has been experimentally established that setting nm = 2 for
impulse releases and nm = 3 for pulse releases produces the best results.
   Individual tracer travel  time data points must also be estimated.  A base time value tb
for initial time t\ and subsequent time spacing At may be estimated up to t by
                                           n
and a base time value tm for subsequent time spacing nm At from f may be estimated by
                                                                                (79)
   By assuming f = tp, individual time values tj may be calculated up to f from

                                           n/2
                                              tm,                               (80)
                                           i=l

and individual time values U from t from
                                            n
                                           " *»*,                              (81)
                                           i=n/2
where n is a reasonable number of data points for obtaining a smooth ETC. Combining the
values obtained from Equation (80) and Equation (81) results in a series of appropriately
spaced time  values that  approximates initial  tracer arrival  and final tracer detection.
Doubling or tripling time spacing  after f is not really necessary. However,  it is essential
that sufficiently  early and late times be established to ensure adequate consideration of
actual flow conditions.
                                         50

-------
3.5.  CONTINUOUS STIRRED TANK REACTOR (CSTR)
Obtaining an estimate for M and Dz can be achieved for a predicted ETC on the basis of
the theory of a completely mixed CSTR. A mass balance model that describes the dynamics
of a simplified CSTR is  (Silebi and Schiesser,  1992, p. 49-50)

                             d^^ = qCQ-QC-VkC.                         (82)
Setting q = Q and using initial condition

                                     C(0) = Cp,                                 (83)
the solution to Equation (82) is (Silebi and Schiesser, 1992, p. 50)
                                                                                (84)
   Equation (84) will produce an exponentially decaying ETC starting at the peak concen-
tration Cp with a gradient that is dependent on the value of the reaction rate constant  k
and the space velocity  Q/V (Levenspiel, 1999, p. 93).  It is apparent from Equation (84)
that whereas Cp may be preset, prior knowledge of discharge Q, reactor volume V , and
transport times t must  be determined.
   Equation (84) is evaluated for C from t ~ tp in a descending manner using 0.25 < k <
1.0, although k = 0 would adequately suffice. The concentration values C obtained from
Equation (84) leading from f are then reversed to  achieve an ascending limb leading to t.
Equation (84) is then resolved for C from f in a descending manner using a k ^C 1.0. For
n = 200, k = 1/200 represents a reasonable exponential decay for the descending limb.
   The values for k  were empirically determined such that 0.25  < k  <  1.0 represents  a
steeply ascending limb, whereas k ^C  1.0 represents  a more gently decaying descending limb
controlled by the number of data points. The result is a good approximation of a typically
positively skewed ETC in which a cusp forms the peak concentration at the peak time of
arrival.  Although the values for k were empirically  determined, the resulting ETC appears
to reasonably represent a typical ETC based on observation and experience.
   The ETC produced by the CSTR model is subsequently evaluated by
                                           /oo
                                            C(i) dt                             (85)
                                          .
to obtain the area under the ETC.  The area represents an initial estimate for the tracer
mass to be  adjusted as required by Equations (54), (56), or (57).

                                         51

-------
3.5.1.   Travel Times and Velocity
For the purpose of determining axial dispersion Dz, tracer travel time weighted for tracer
mass for impulse and short-pulse releases is estimated from
                                         j
                                         t C(t) dt
                                         -c	,                               (86)
                                          C(t) dt
                                       o
and tracer travel time variance of is estimated from
                                     oo
                                       (t - tf C(i) dt
                              "t--9—TOO	,                           (87)
                                       /   C(t] dt
                                      Jo
where C is obtained from Equation (84). The CSTR-generated ETC is predicated on the
assumption of an impulse or short-pulse release, so  other forms of Equations (86) and (87)
are not required.

3.5.2.   Tracer Dispersion Estimates
Axial dispersion may be  determined using  the method of moments theory.  Although
statistically and theoretically valid, the method of moments has the tendency to overestimate
dispersion.  Alternatively, the effects of velocity variations, matrix diffusion, and immobile-
flow  regions can create the appearance of  significant dispersion. These difficulties require
that  dispersion estimates be obtained in a manner  that considers the method of moments
while reducing the influence of long tails. This is most easily accomplished using the Chatwin
(1971) method in conjunction with the method of moments.

3.5.2.1.   Estimating  Dispersion  by the Method of  Moments.  Axial dispersion
properly weighted for concentration may be estimated for an impulse release by

                                    Dz = ^-                                  (88)
and for a short-pulse release by (Wolff et al., 1979)
It should be recognized here that Dz solved by Equation (89) is based on the assumption of
a ETC and does not represent the mean residence time distribution, as does Equation (88).

                                         52

-------
There will usually not be any major difference between Dz estimated from Equation (88)
and Dz estimated from Equation (89). In addition, because the CSTR-generated ETC is
based on an impulse release,  Equation (89) may reasonably be ignored even though the
subsequent tracer test may be a pulse or step test.

3.5.2.2.   Estimating Dispersion  by the Chatwin Method.   Axial dispersion may
be estimated using a modification of the method developed by Chatwin  (1971), given by
                          'tin
                                                    vt
   Subject to tK < z/v} Equation (90) is reduced to the general least-squares problem by
solving
where
                                                                              (91)
                                                                              (92)
                                              T
                                   X= (Xi, X2)

                               b =(6i,62, ... ,6K)T.

The parameters 6» are equal to the left-hand side of Equation (90)
                                     t In
                                i=
                                                                              (93)
                                                                              (94)
                                                                              (95)
and the parameters to be determined X
of Equation (90)
                                     are equal to the two factors on the right-hand side
                                                                              (96)
                                          vt
                                        53

-------
where x\ is the y intercept of the straight-line fit to the early-time data and x2 is the gradient
of the straight-line fit to the early-time data.
   Equations (88) and (89) tend to overestimate Dz for nonporous-medium flow systems,
which will generally result in  an overestimation of tracer mass needed and a greater ETC
spread than is likely  to occur as a result of solute dispersion.  Alternatively, Equation (90)
tends to underestimate Dz for porous-medium flow systems,  which will have an effect
opposite that obtained from Equations (88) and (89).
   For these two reasons, Equation (90) is used to estimate Dz for a nonporous-medium flow
system and Equation (88) and/or Equation (89)  are used to estimate Dz for porous-medium
flow  systems.  Although not  precise measures  of Dz, these estimates are believed to be
adequate for the purpose of obtaining an approximation of Dz for use in Equations (54), (56),
or (57).

3.6.   TRACER SAMPLE COLLECTION DESIGN
Solute transport parameter estimates are used in Equations  (54), (56), or (57) with the
initial estimate for tracer  mass. Adjustments to the initial estimate for tracer mass are
made iteratively on the basis of the estimated solute transport parameters, preset mean
                             	P
volume-averaged concentration  C  , and any effects  created by suggested  tracer reactions.
Final estimates are then used in the  ADE to generate a ETC representative  of the flow
system to  be traced.

3.6.1.   Sample  Collection
The  ADE-generated ETC serves as the basis  for determining an  appropriate sampling
frequency  and an initial sample collection time. Rather than using guesswork, transport
distance, or unmeasured estimates for tracer velocity, as is common (Field,  2002c), the ETC
allows for  realistic consideration of the times of travel.

3.6.1.1.   Sampling Frequency.  Sample collection frequency is based on an arbitrary
number of samples to be collected that balances the cost of sample collection and analysis
with the value of an ever—increasing number  of samples. An adequate sampling frequency
necessary  for representing  a continuous series by a discrete series  must be determined for
extracting optimal information while maximizing the accuracy of the results and minimizing
the computational costs.  The  sampling frequency  then is based on how  rapidly tracer
                                         54

-------
concentration is changing,  so  that  as the average \dC/dt\ increases,  sampling frequency
should also increase (Yevjevich, 1972, p. 2).
   The number of samples ns to be collected can be arbitrarily chosen initially. Novakowski
(1992) suggested that ns equal at least 20 to 30 samples,  with the greatest concentration
of samples occurring  around Cp, which  assumes that Cp is  known, whereas  (Kilpatrick
and Wilson, 1989, p.  18) suggest that ns =  30  samples will generally be necessary as a
minimum for defining the ETC. To properly define  rapid changes in the ETC, ns =  60
was experimentally  found to be more  reliable if aliasing effects are to be avoided (Smart,
1988). Aliasing of a multimodal ETC  is a common problem when an inadequate sampling
frequency is applied to a tracer test that exhibits complex  behavior.
   Sampling frequency may then be determined from
                                           ns
where tsm corresponds to C > 1.0~3  |j.g L"1 for all tracer tests except recirculation tracer
tests where C > 1.0~6 \ig L"1. These values for tsm are used on the assumption that lower
concentrations are not readily detectable or necessarily relevant.

3.6.1.2.   Initial Sample Collection.   Once the sampling frequency has been deter-
mined, the initial sample collection time is adjusted backwards by an additional number of
selected samples rib-  Initial sample collection time tsi is then obtained by subtracting tsf
from tsm for a selected number of additional samples rib-  For most instances, rib = 5 may
be taken as a reasonable number of additional samples to collect prior to the occurrence of
tsi = tsm- All subsequent sampling times are found from
                                                 i.                              (99)

   The total number of samples to be collected with an associated sampling time spacing
tsf can be subsequently divided into fractions thereof as desired. Earlier sample collection
than the recommended tsi may be considered as appropriate.  Sample collection ending
times other than td may also be  determined, depending on whether tracer detection has
ceased prior to reaching td or is continuing beyond td-

3.7.   METHODOLOGY EVALUATION
Application of this tracer estimation methodology provides a general sense of the appropriate
tracer mass to release and the general  hydraulics of the system to be traced.   Because

                                         55

-------
the hydraulics  of the system are approximated, sampling  frequency  and initial  sample
collection time  can  also be predicted.  The computer code,  EHTD, facilitates the tracer-
design methodology for  typical hydrological  settings using measured hydrological field
parameters to calculate functional relationships.  The measured parameters and functional
relationships  are then applied to a hypothetical CSTR to develop a preliminary ETC that
is then numerically evaluated by the method of moments for tracer mass and hydraulic
parameter estimation.  The calculated hydraulic parameters are  then  used in solving  for
estimated tracer mass and sampling times.
   The CSTR-generated ETC is solved by the method of moments by developing a piecewise
cubic Hermite  function.  That is, the interpolant  is defined in  terms of a  set of cubic
polynomials,  each of which is  defined between  a pair  of consecutive  data points.  The
coefficients of these cubic polynomials are chosen so  that the interpolant has continuous
first  derivatives, and the remaining freedom of choice is used to ensure that the interpolant
is visually acceptable, meaning that monotonicity in the data results in monotonicity in the
interpolant, which is defined by (Kahaner et al.,  1989, p. 100-103  and 106-108)
                          g(t) = h(t) =     Cihi(t) + d%%(t}.                     (100)
A  piecewise cubic Hermite function in effect produces the most  reasonable interpolation
of the data possible with excellent theoretical convergence properties.  Integration is then
accomplished by cubic Hermite quadrature as (Kahaner et al., 1989, p. 161-162)

                  / » /' =  !" n(t}dt =  Y^ d I d hi(t) + di ! d hi(t),             (101)
                          Jti          i=l    Jti           Jti
which is the compound trapezoid rule with appropriate end corrections.  The  compound
trapezoid rule is exceptionally accurate when the integrand  is a smooth periodic function
given by equally spaced data points (Kahaner et al., 1989, p. 162).
   Equations  (54)-(57) may be solved directly  or by using a combination of the bisection
method and the secant method.  The bisection method ensures certainty and  the secant
method ensures rapid convergence. This is very efficient and  accurate and is guaranteed to
produce reasonable results (Kahaner et al., 1989, p. 248-250).
   For instances where tracer mass is expected to be adversely affected by retardation
or decay, EHTD employs a constrained nonlinear least-squares  optimization  routine to
adjust  the  tracer mass, retardation, and decay estimates relative to the ETC produced
by the hypothetical CSTR. The nonlinear optimization routine searches for a vector y of
                                         56

-------
                        Table 16.  Tracer test design parameters.

                  Parameter                                Value

Release Mode
Q, m3 h-1
zfra
A, m2
CE, Hg L-1
Measured Parameters
Impulse
3.63 x 102
2.74 x 103
2.23 x 10°
5.00 x 101
                                 Functional Relationships
                  tp, h                                     1.64 x 101
                  f, h                                      1.69 x 101
                  vp, mh-1                                 1.68 x 102
                  v, mh-1                                 1.63 x 102
                  V, m3                                    6.12 x 103

                                     Axial Dispersion
                  DZJ m2 h-1                               4.50 x 103
                  Pe                                       9.90 x 101

                                     Tracer Reaction
                  Rd                                       1.00 x 10°
                  fi, h-1                                    0.00 x 10°

                  a Transport distance = straight-line distance, 1.83 x 103 m x
                    sinuosity factor, 1.5.
p components that minimizes the sum of the squares function f(y) = | J^™=1 fi(y}2 that is
constrained by 7.  < yi < %, 1 < i < p where the fi(y) are twice continuously differentiable
functions of y (Dennis et al., 1981).

3.7.1.   Simulation

The methodology  described was  tested for Prospect Hill Spring located in Clarke County,
Va., using  the measured field parameters and functional relationships  listed  in Table  16.
Figure 5 is a plot of time versus concentration produced by a hypothetical  CSTR using
the measured field parameters and functional relationships listed in Table 16. Integrating
Figure 5 produced a preliminary estimate for tracer mass of M  = 111 g. Of particular
                                          57

-------
              40
          I
           §
              20
                                                 TRACER MASS =  188.01 g
                                                  	  Breakthrough Curve
                                                      (Preliminary)	
                         10
20        30
     Time (h)
40
50
  Figure 5. Preliminary tracer-breakthrough curve generated from a hypothetical CSTR.

significance are the variable effects created by the measured field parameters when combined
in functional relationships. Increasing Q, decreasing A, or decreasing L all have the effect
of shifting the curve to the left and decreasing the mass estimate. Decreasing Q, increasing
A, or increasing L all have the effect of shifting the curve to the right and increasing the
mass estimate.
   Figure  6  is  a plot  of time versus  concentration produced by  the  ADE using the
measured field parameters and functional relationships listed  in Table f 6 with varying tracer
retardation (Rd = I, Rd = 2, Rd = 3)  and no  tracer decay (// = 0  h"1).  The predicted
tracer mass necessary for a successful tracing test and the resulting average and peak tracer
concentrations are shown in Table 17 for varying tracer reaction conditions. From Figure 6
                                         	P
and Table  17 it is apparent that although C  remains the same for each  ETC for varying
values of Rd, t and Dz appear to increase and v  to decrease  as  Rd increases.  In fact, these
hydrologic  parameters have not physically changed, but increasing Rd creates just such an
appearance.
   Table 17  also includes  four  instances of tracer decay (n >  Oh"1)  without retardation
(Rd = 1-0), the effects of which are shown in Figure 7 for three of the instances (// = 0.0 h"1,
H = 0.05 h"1, n = 0.1 h"1), because // =  0.01 h"1 would not be readily distinguishable from
                                          58

-------
              40
              20
I
1
1


1
1
1
1
4
1
A
/
A
i / i
1*
' \
* ' \
1 ,
' ' I
*' \
i! i
f' \
i \
/I \
• i
' . \
                                                   Q Q    Retardation = 1.0
                                                 _^^_  Retardation = 2.0
                                                 	. _  Retardation = 3.0
50
                                                     100
150
                                           Time (h)
Figure  6.  Predicted ETC for Prospect  Hill Spring for  increasing  values for  retardation.
Symbols represent recommended sampling times.
                 Table 17.  Predicted tracer mass and tracer concentration.

                    Tracer Reaction
Rd
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
X^m
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.42
0.84
^h-1
0.0
0.01
0.05
0.1
0.0
0.0
M, g
113.99
134.94
265.00
616.07
227.98
341.97
CE, HgL-1
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
(-SPI M-g L>
50.59
50.77
51.92
54.02
50.59
50.59
                    Ka obtained for an assumed cylindrical solution conduit using
                    Equations (46) and (68).
                                             59

-------
          ^  40 -
          s
          g
                                                   Tracer Decay = 0.0
                                            _A_A -  Tracer Decay = 0.05
                                                   Tracer Decay = 0.1
                                     20
30
40
                                        Time (h)
Figure 7. Predicted ETC for Prospect Hill Spring for increasing values for tracer decay.
Symbols represent recommended sampling times.

H = 0.0 h"1.  It is obvious from Figure 7 that as tracer decay is allowed to increase, Cp
                                                               	P
also increases (Table 17)  because of the necessity of maintaining C .  This effect was not
observed for increasing tracer retardation.  In addition, because Cp  increases,  the ETC
is steepened, causing an apparent decrease in tracer transport times. However, whereas tp
clearly decreases (Figure 7), t remains unchanged regardless of the proposed tracer reactions.
    Increasing tracer reaction effects causes a concomitant increase in tracer-mass estimates.
                                                                              —E
The increase in tracer mass estimates reflects the need to match the set value for C  while
including factors that have the  net effect of decreasing tracer mass estimates,  so that the
overall effect is an estimate for tracer mass that approximates that which should be used in
a tracer test.
    Included in Figures 6 and 7 is an indication of appropriate sampling times for each ETC
(Table 18).
                                          60

-------
Table 18.  Recommended sampling times for selected tracer reaction conditions.
Sampling Time, hours
Sample
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Rd = l-°
n = o.o
7.13
7.75
8.37
9.00
9.62
10.24
10.86
11.48
12.10
12.73
13.35
13.97
14.59
15.21
15.83
16.45
17.08
17.70
18.32
18.94
19.57
20.18
20.80
21.43
22.05
22.67
23.29
23.91
24.53
25.15
25.78
26.40
27.02
27.64
28.26
28.88
Rbd = i-o
fJL = 0.01
7.15
7.77
8.39
9.00
9.62
10.23
10.85
11.47
12.08
12.70
13.31
13.93
14.54
15.16
15.78
16.39
17.01
17.62
18.24
18.86
19.47
20.09
20.70
21.32
21.93
22.55
23.17
23.78
24.40
25.01
25.63
26.25
26.86
27.48
28.09
28.71
Rcd = i-o
fj, = 0.05
7.02
7.63
8.23
8.84
9.45
10.06
10.66
11.27
11.88
12.49
13.09
13.70
14.31
14.92
15.52
16.13
16.74
17.35
17.95
18.56
19.17
19.78
20.38
20.99
21.60
22.20
22.81
23.42
24.03
24.63
25.24
25.85
26.46
27.06
27.67
28.28
Rdd = i-o
7.11
7.69
8.28
8.86
9.45
10.03
10.62
11.20
11.79
12.37
12.96
13.54
14.13
14.71
15.30
15.88
16.47
17.05
17.64
18.22
18.81
19.39
19.98
20.56
21.15
21.73
22.32
22.90
23.49
24.07
24.66
25.24
25.83
26.41
27.00
27.58
Red = 2.0
fJL = 0.0
14.26
15.51
16.75
17.99
19.24
20.48
21.72
22.96
24.21
25.45
26.69
27.94
29.18
30.42
31.66
32.91
34.15
35.39
36.64
37.88
39.12
40.37
41.61
42.86
44.09
45.34
46.58
47.82
49.07
50.31
51.55
52.79
54.04
55.28
56.52
57.77
Rfd = 3.0
n = o.o
21.39
23.26
25.12
26.99
28.85
30.72
32.58
34.45
36.31
38.17
40.04
41.90
43.77
45.63
47.50
49.36
51.23
53.09
54.95
56.82
58.68
60.55
62.41
64.28
66.14
68.01
69.87
71.73
73.60
75.46
77.33
79.19
81.06
82.92
84.79
86.65
                                                       continued on next page
                                     61

-------
Table  18.   Recommended sampling times  for selected tracer reaction conditions
(continued).
Sampling Time, hours
Sample
Number
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
)U = 0.0
29.51
30.13
30.75
31.37
31.99
32.61
33.23
33.86
34.48
35.10
35.72
36.34
36.96
37.58
38.21
38.83
39.45
40.07
40.69
41.31
41.93
42.56
43.18
43.80
44.42
45.04
45.66
46.28
46.91
)U = 0.01
29.33
29.94
30.56
31.17
31.79
32.40
33.02
33.64
34.25
34.87
35.48
36.10
36.72
37.33
37.95
38.56
39.18
39.79
40.41
41.03
41.64
42.26
42.87
43.49
44.11
44.72
45.34
45.95
46.57
RC — 1 n
nd — x-u
p. = 0.05
28.89
29.49
30.10
30.71
31.32
31.92
32.53
33.14
33.75
34.35
34.96
35.57
36.18
36.78
37.39
38.00
38.60
39.21
39.82
40.43
41.03
41.64
42.25
42.86
43.46
44.07
44.68
45.29
45.89
Rdd = 1.0
28.17
28.75
29.34
29.92
30.51
31.09
31.68
32.26
32.85
33.43
34.02
34.60
35.19
35.77
36.36
36.94
37.53
38.11
38.69
39.28
39.86
40.45
41.03
41.62
42.20
42.79
43.37
43.96
44.54
Rl = 2-0
59.01
60.25
61.50
62.74
63.98
65.22
66.47
67.71
68.95
70.20
71.44
72.68
73.92
75.17
76.41
77.65
78.90
80.14
81.38
82.63
83.87
85.11
86.35
87.60
88.84
90.08
91.33
92.57
93.81
Rfd = 3.0
n = o.o
88.51
90.38
92.24
94.11
95.97
97.84
99.70
101.56
103.43
105.29
107.16
109.02
110.89
112.75
114.62
116.48
118.34
120.21
122.07
123.94
125.80
127.67
129.53
131.40
133.26
135.12
136.99
138.85
140.72
    aRecommended sampling frequency = 37.12 minutes.
    bRecommended sampling frequency = 37.29 minutes.
    cRecommended sampling frequency = 36.95 minutes.
    dRecommended sampling frequency = 36.45 minutes.
    eRecommended sampling frequency = 1.24 hours.
    fRecommended sampling frequency = 1.86 hours.
     Note that tracer decay has units of h"1.
                                          62

-------
   Sixty-five sampling times were developed to adequately determine when the first sample
should be collected and to properly define the ETC. Breakthrough curve definition requires
that the ETC peak be correctly identified and that a potentially long tail be detected.
Further, in  order to avoid the effects of data  aliasing, a substantial number of samples
are required (Smart, 1988).  Although 20 to 30 samples have been suggested by others as
adequate for ETC definition (Novakowski, 1992; Kilpatrick and Wilson,  1989, p.  18), these
researchers were not concerned with problems associated  with long tails or data aliasing.
To ensure that data aliasing is avoided, 60 sample-collection times are developed by EHTD
which allows for better ETC  definition without excessive sampling.  However, should  60
samples prove to be excessive, it is always possible to choose to collect some fraction of
60.  To  ensure that initial tracer breakthrough is not  missed, n\> =  5 was  included  as  an
appropriate  number of samples to collect prior to expected tracer breakthrough.
                                         63

-------
Part  III
BASIC  PROGRAM  USAGE
Injection of 1 kg of uranine  (Acid Yellow 73) at a sinkhole that receives flow from Bebec
Creek on the Norville chalk plateau of Haute-Normandie, France.  Dye  recoveries were
obtained ~2200 m away at a spring and well located in the Seine river alluvial plain (photo
courtesy of Nicolas Massei).
                                       64

-------
              4.   USING EHTD TO DESIGN A TRACER TEST

   EHTD is an easy-to-use program for the design of tracer tests  in flowing water (e.g.,
open-channel flow or closed-conduit flow in surface streams, caves, sewers, etc.) and porous
media (e.g., gravel aquifer).  Using just a few field hydrological measurements, it estimates
the "correct" tracer mass to release for a tracer study and predicts the hydraulic parameters
that define solute migration.  It also provides a reasonable sampling schedule for the proposed
tracer test. A graphic ETC and A detailed output file provide substantial details necessary
for implementing the proposed tracer test.
   As  with published (and  some  unpublished)  tracer mass estimation equations,  this
program relies primarily on perceived travel distance, flow discharge, and flow cross-sectional
area to estimate tracer  mass.  Unlike previously published equations, this program  is
somewhat more elaborate in that  it attempts to rigorously apply solute transport theory
by use of various forms of the advection-dispersion (equilibrium)  model. Attempts at mass
conservation and mass balance were essential to the method.  Initial estimates for times  of
travel, related factors, and tracer mass are based on the concept of a hypothetical CSTR  as
a surrogate for the flow system.
   Selected error messages appear toward the end of the whereas  output file. Many of these
error messages will  not be of any  great significance to the  user, others are important.  It is
recommended that the error messages be checked to ensure proper EHTD functioning.
4.1.  EHTD PROGRAM USAGE  AND EXAMPLE DATA FILES
NOTE:  This program functions best with a display equal to 1024 x 768 pixels, adequately
with a display equal to 800 x 600 pixels, and not so well for further reduced display settings.
   Before running the program, all EHTD files to his (her) should  be  copied to the PC's
hard drive and the  supplied CD-ROM disk stored in a safe location.  Although plenty  of
storage  space is available on the  CD-ROM  disk for the creation of data-output files and
graphics files, the possibility of damage to the EHTD program file from excess use cannot
be ignored.

4.1.1.   Loading EHTD and Example Data Files
   1. After booting  up the computer, place the CD-ROM disk into the computer's CD-ROM
     disk drive.
                                         65

-------
   2.  At the computer desk top, place the mouse pointer (arrow) on the  "My Computer"
      icon and click the Right mouse button (Right Click).

   3.  Left Click on the word "Explore"  in the  pop-up menu.  Alternatively, just hit the
      letter  "E" on the keyboard.

   4.  Place  the mouse pointer on the  CD-ROM disk drive icon (e.g.,  D:  or E:) and Left
      Double-Click.

   5.  Left Click "Edit" at the top of the Window Screen and Left Click on  "Select All" in
      the pull-down menu. Alternatively, just hit the letter  "A"  on the keyboard.

   6.  Left Click on the "Copy" icon on the "Tool Bar" near the top of the Window Screen
      (second row). Alternatively,  Left Click on "Edit"  at  the  top  of the Window Screen
      and Left Click on ".Copy" or just hit "C" on the keyboard.

   7.  Left Click on the preferred hard drive (e.g., C:).

   8.  Left Click on the "Paste" icon on the "Tool Bar" near the top of the Window Screen
      (second row). Alternatively,  Left Click on "Edit"  at  the  top  of the Window Screen
      and Left Click on "Paste" or just hit "P"  on the keyboard.

   A folder named EHTD will be created on the chosen hard drive and all the appropriate
files copied  accordingly to the appropriate file folders2.

4.2.    EHTD EXECUTION
EHTD is very easy to use.  After the appropriate data files are created (which  are nearly
self-explanatory),  EHTD, for the most part, requires nothing more than  hitting 
as requested or manipulating  the  mouse and clicking with the left mouse button.  (See
Section 5. on page 83  for  a detailed discussion of EHTD data-input  files.)
   2EHTD was not designed  for MSDOS® use,  which requires that  the files be moved  according to the
following instructions:
• At the C: \> prompt, type "MKDIR EHTD" (without the quotes — whenever quotes appear in this section
      type the requested  information without the quotes).
• Next, copy the executable  and data files stored in the file  Ehtd_dos on the CD to the hard disk (for
      example, if C is the disk drive: "COPY D: \*. *  C: \EHTD\*. *").
• Repeat the above commands for the other files on the CD.
• Put the CD in a safe location.
                                           66

-------
     *                                                                        *
     *                                                                        *
     *    PROGRAM TO  OPTIMIZE  TRACER  MASS TO  BE INJECTED INTO  A FLOW   *
     *      SYSTEM TO  ENSURE RELIABLE TRACER-MASS RECOVERY AT  THE      *
     *     EXPECTED DOWNGRADIENT SAMPLING STATIONS BASED ON  THEORY.    *
     *                                                                        *
     *                                DEVELOPED                              *
     *                                                                        *
     *                                    BY                                  *
     *                                                                        *
     *                            MALCOLM S. FIELD                          *
     *                 U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY               *
     *                                                                        *
     ENTER INPUT FILE  NAME  (DEFAULT  = EHTD.IN):

     ENTER OUTPUT FILE NAME  (DEFAULT = EHTD.OUT):

     ENTER PLOT FILE NAME  (DEFAULT = NULL):



           Figure 8. Initial EHTD screen title which appears at program start.
   1. In the Windows Explorer, Left Double-Click the EHTD folder and then Left Double-
     Click the EHTD.EXE file to initiate program operation.3

   2. At this point, EHTD will open the program initiation screen and title (Figure 8) and
     will prompt you to enter an input file name for the file to be evaluated (Figure 8) unless
     you specified a file when starting the program using a DOS prompt. One advantage of
     a subdirectory on your hard disk is that you will not be required to provide an obscure
     path  for all subfiles;  the program will find them automatically because they are all
     at the same location as the executable file. If the data files are in different locations
  3If a command prompt is preferred, then at the C:\> prompt, type "CD\EHTD" without the quotes. You
will then see a new prompt;  C: \EHTD>. You may now type "EHTD" to run the program by just responding to
the requested information, assuming that you have also copied the necessary data files or created your own.
You may want to type "EHTD filename" such as "EHTD  Ehtd. in", which will automatically load and begin
running the EHTD default  data set described in the journal article (Molz et al., 1986b). You may do the
same with any of the other *. in data files, which will load the appropriate data files and begin processing.
                                          67

-------
   from EHTD, you will need to provide the correct path to the * . in files. Alternatively,
   pressing  will automatically run the default file, Ehtd.in.

3.  Now enter a data output file name to be written or press  for default name
   (EHTD.out)  as  requested (Figure 8).  Be aware that previous output files can  be
   overwritten if the same name is used for more than one. However, an input file cannot
   be overwritten if one is mistakenly entered.

4.  Enter a  plot file name to be written or press  for NULL, which  means that
   no plot file is to be written (Figure 8).  As with the output file name, duplicate usage
   of plot file names will result in the overwriting of previous plot files, but exiting input
   file names will not be accepted. There is no default plot file name used (the default is
   no plot file). If a plot file name is given,  then two plot files will be created;  a TIME-
   CONCENTRATION data file  and a PostScript plot  file.  The latter will have  an
   appropriate name assigned (e.g., sampling station name) and a .ps extension added.
   The TIME-CONCENTRATION data file will consist of four columns of data as shown
   in Table 19.
   It will be noted from Table 19 that much more data will appear in the  first two
   columns than in the second two columns.   This is because  the first two columns
   define the ETC, whereas the second two columns represent suggested sampling times,
   which are necessarily reduced to a workable recommendation.  It will also  be  noted
   that multiple sampling stations will necessarily be recorded in the same plot file one
   right after the other in  the order in which they appear in the input file  but with
   the header  information separating each  new sampling station data set.  Individual
   sampling station PostScript files are created, however.  A single sampling station file
   listing will result in just  one set of data being recorded.
   After the last file name has been entered, EHTD will respond for approximately one
   second with:

   FILE NAMES HAVE  BEEN  READ

   unless NULL  was specified for no  plot file to  be generated in which case  EHTD will
   respond for approximately on second with:

-------
Table 19. Table illustrating the form of the EHTD-created plot file.
 PLOT FILE: Sampling Station File Name
    TIME        CONG.                 TIME        CONG.
     (h)         (^g/1)                  (h)
 PLOT FILE: Sampling Station File Name
    TIME        CONG.                  TIME
     (h)         (^g/1)                  (h)
CONG.
 PLOT FILE: Sampling Station File Name
    TIME        CONG.                  TIME
     (h)         0/g/l)                  (h)
CONG.
                             69

-------
     NO PLOT  FILE SPECIFIED,  RESULTS WILL  NOT BE WRITTEN TO A PLOT FILE!

     followed by:

     FILE NAMES  HAVE BEEN  READ


4.3.   USER-REQUESTED LATIN HYPERCUBE SAMPLING (LHS)  ROU-
      TINE
After the last  file name has been read, EHTD will ask if you want to generate a series
of input files using a Latin Hypercube Sampling  (LHS) routine and the original input file
parameters as initial parameters to be randomly selected within an appropriate range. This
routine was added to allow the user to consider the effect of conditions that may differ from
the measured conditions.  At the end of each LHS-generated input file, a suggested solute
mass to manually  enter is provided (see Section 4.4.). A comprehensive discussion  of LHS
is provided in Iman and Helton (1988) and McKay et al. (1979).
   The actual  LHS query appears as:

DO YOU  WANT TO RUN THE LATIN HYPERCUBE  SAMPLING ROUTINE  (Y=YES, N=NO)?

Pressing N causes  the LHS routine to be ignored only  for the particular sampling  station
currently being evaluated by EHTD. Subsequent sampling  stations that are part  of the
overall  input file will each be  queried as to whether the user would like to run the LHS
routine.
   Pressing Y causes a second  query:

DO YOU  WANT TO GENERATE A  SERIES OF  INPUT  FILES OR  ONE FILE OF MEAN  VALUES?
                                                                 1=INPUT FILES
                                                               2=FILE OF MEANS

   Entering  1  causes the following request:

ENTER THE NUMBER OF  LHS-DEVELOPED INPUT  FILES DESIRED  (N >  12) :
                                       70

-------
for a flowing stream system or:

ENTER  THE NUMBER  OF LHS-DEVELOPED INPUT  FILES DESIRED  (N > 14) :

for a porous media system.  The generation of LHS input files requires that a specific mini-
mum number of input files be generated to satisfy the inequality  (Blower and Dowlatabadi,
1994; McKay et al., 1979)

                                     N>.                                (102)
   Alternatively, entering 2 causes the following request:

ENTER  THE NUMBER  OF LHS-DEVELOPED CALCULATIONS DESIRED (e.g., N  = 1000):

which means that the LHS routine is expecting  entry of a "large" number for develop-
ment of a set of mean values for use in  a single  input file.  Note,  however, values in the
range of > 10, 000 will necessitate patience on the part of the user as EHTD runs the LHS
routine. Also, note that for porous media systems with "DIST-Y" set to zero will cause a
an insignificant  error report to the screen which can be ignored. (See Table  25 on page 86
for a discussion  of "DIST-Y".)
   After determining whether a LHS  routine is to be run,  EHTD informs the user that
input data are being read and that input errors are being evaluated:

INPUT  FILE READ AND AND ERROR  AND INPUT-ERROR CHECK PROCEEDING

from which the program quickly moves  on  to  either  informing the user of any data en-
try errors  or processing the input file. Later in the program,  if the user has requested that
the LHS routine be run, EHTD  will query the user for a LHS-generated output file name:

ENTER  LATIN HYPERCUBE OUTPUT FILE NAME  (DEFAULT = LHS_n . OUT) :

where  n represents  the number of the LHS-generated output files or set  of calculations
to be developed. If  a series of input files was selected above (1=INPUT  FILES),  one file is
developed for each sampling station evaluated by the  LHS routine. If the default is used,
then n  will increment automatically to correspond with each sampling station listed in the

                                        71

-------
       	Table 20.  Variable parameter types used in the LHS routine.	
        Variable   Porous Media                   Flowing Stream
            1      Mass                           Mass
            2      Discharge                      Discharge
            3      Effective  Porosity               Cross-Sectional Area
            4      Aquifer Thickness               Lateral Transport Distance
            5      Lateral Transport Distance      Initial Concentration
            6      Transverse Transport Distance   First Production Coefficient
            7      Initial Concentration            Second Production Coefficient
            8      First Production Coefficient     Retardation
            9      Second Production Coefficient   Decay
           10      Retardation
           11      Decay
original input file. This one file will contain all of the LHS-generated input files, which the
user may then selectively enter into EHTD by copying and pasting the desired input file as
a new file.
   Alternatively, if one input file of mean values was selected (2=FILE OF MEANS), a single
input file consisting of the mean values  of the required parameters  (e.g., discharge,  Q)
will be developed followed by a comprehensive set of univariate statistics that describe the
parameters.  The statistics listing is  ignored by EHTD when this file is later processed (if
processing  is initiated by the user) because it  appears  after the "END OF FILES" input file
statement.   The univariate  statistics, developed using the equations shown in the box in
Figure 9 on the next page, provide a sense of the range and distribution of values produced
by the LHS routine.   Substitution of, for example, the minimum or maximum value of a
selected parameter (e.g., Stat(6, *) and Stat(7, *), respectively in  Figure 9 on the following
page) may be a desirable change in  some instances. It is necessary to note here that the
parameters used in the univariate statistics are listed as individual variables identified in
Table 20.

4.4.  USER-SUGGESTED SOLUTE MASS
At this point the user will be queried by EHTD as to whether the  user would like to suggest
a solute mass (tracer or pollutant) for EHTD to use.  This feature is useful for predicting
the outcome of an accidental spill or a deliberate release  of a highly toxic substance, as
might occur from a terrorist attack. A similar type of approach was developed by Taylor

                                          72

-------
  1. Mean,  Stat(l,*)

  2. Variance, Stat(2,*)
  3. Standard Deviation, Stat(3, *)
  4. Skewness, Stat(4, *)
 5. Kurtosis, Stat(5,*)                          ««„ =   n"^f "           ~ 3
                                                         U^E/i^iO^i-*™) ] J
 6. Minimum, Stat(6,*)                                  xmin =
 7. Maximum,  Stat(7, *)                                  xmax =
 8. Range,  Stat(8, *)                                     xr = xmax - x
 9. Coefficient of Variation, Stat(9, *)               xcv  = jr1   for xw ^ 0
10. Number of values processed, Stat(10,*)               n
                                                                         min
 where the statistics are given in terms of a single variable x.  The z-th datum is Xj, with
 corresponding frequencies set to unity (/» = 1) and weights also set to unity (wi = l).a
   "Note that none of the variables shown in this box are intended in any way to match similar variables
 used elsewhere in this document. For example,  Xj here represents any required input parameter (e.g.,
 discharge, Q) and n represents the the number  of values requested (processed) by the LHS routine to
 develop the mean values for each of the required  parameters.
Figure 9.  Equations used to calculate the univariate statistics used to describe the LHS-
generated mean values used in a single input file.

et al. (1986, p.  41-54), Kilpatrick and Taylor (1986),  and Mull et al. (1988a, p. 75-79),
but these methods are much more difficult to implement, they require a great deal more
measured data acquired over a very long timeframe, and they tend to overestimate the peak
downstream concentration.  EHTD does not suffer from the limitations listed and reliably
reproduces peak concentration. However, the previously developed methods do provide a
better visual fit to an expected long ETC tail than does EHTD, but this better  tail fit is
useful primarily in estimating solute persistence.
   This first EHTD query appears as:

DO YOU WANT  TO SUGGEST AN  INITIAL  SOLUTE MASS  (Y=YES, N=NO)?
                                          73

-------
Entering N represents  a "no,"  and EHTD will  continue processing by adjusting the in-
ternally estimated solute mass to achieve the desired downstream C.  Entering Y represents
a "yes," which causes EHTD to pause a second  time for the user to be further queried as
to the actual solute mass to be considered. This  second EHTD query appears as:

ENTER  A SUGGESTED SOLUTE MASS  IN GRAMS  (g):

where the user would enter a solute mass that EHTD is to use for processing. The originally
desired C will be ignored by EHTD. EHTD will  bypass all tracer mass  estimation routines
and proceed  directly to the basic solute-transport  modeling routine using the estimated
hydraulic parameters (see Section 3.4.) and the user-supplied solute mass.
   EHTD will respond by noting the user-suggested solute  mass to  be used in processing
in milligrams (mg) and an appropriate error code, an explanation of which appears at the
end of the EHTD output file. The EHTD response will appear as:

USER-SUGGESTED MASS  =  • • •  mg
ERROR  CODE AVERAGE  CONCENTRATION ESTIMATE =  • • •

where • • •  represents an appropriate numerical value.

4.5.   SCREEN OUTPUT
Further processing by EHTD will result in a screen  display of
1. INITIAL TRACER MASS ESTIMATE  is an initial tracer mass estimate based on the CSTR
     analogy.

2. ADJUSTED TRACER MASS  ESTIMATE is an adjusted tracer mass estimate based on factors
     such as tracer-reactivity effects such as tracer  retardation and tracer decay.

3. FINAL  TRACER  MASS ESTIMATE is  the final tracer mass estimate based on the use of the
     selected optimization routine.
   These  are  presented so that the user can gain  a sense  of the workings produced by
EHTD prior to  going to a screen plot of the resulting ETC or  reviewing the output file.
(See  Section 6. on page 97 for a detailed discussion of EHTD data output files.)

                                         74

-------
              Table 21. Screen display of a typical EHTD warning message.	
         *** WARNING — END OF FILE ASSUMED BECAUSE OF MISSING "END OF RUNS" FILE TERMINATOR ***
        WARNING MESSAGE...THIS MESSAGE WILL ONLY BE PRINTED ONCE.
           RECOVERABLE  ERROR IN INPUT FILE
        ERROR NUMBER =       -1
                       Press  to continue program
   In instances where the user is  interested in the effects created by  solute retardation
and/or solute decay,  the  user may have  EHTD run an optimization routine, which may
result in a slight modification of the estimated  tracer mass and/or retardation and decay,
depending on whether one or the other or both are to be adjusted by EHTD. (See Section 3.7.
on page 55, Line Numbers 10-14 listed in Table 25 on page 86,  and related discussion on
pages 93-95 for discussions related  to EHTD optimization of the selected parameters.)

4.5.1.   Screen Output of Error Messages
As EHTD progresses, various error messages may pop up from time to time. For the most
part, these can be ignored if they are only listed as warnings.  More serious errors will stop
EHTD from any additional data processing.

4.5.1.1.    Warning Messages.   Warning messages are fairly common and are primarily
an indication of some  abnormality in the user-specified input file that EHTD has recognized.
Usually, these warning messages can be ignored. For example, should the user construct an
input file that is missing the last three lines  (two comment lines and the input file ending
command END  OF RUNS), the warning message shown in Table 21  will appear. This message
is stating nothing more than that the user inadvertently did not  complete the input file in
standard form (see Section  5. on page 83 for a detailed discussion of input file standard
forms), but EHTD has recognized this error  and will process  the input file anyway, so the
user is instructed to press  to continue.  The ERROR NUMBER = -1 will appear in
the output file with an explanation. Other basic warning messages are possible.

4.5.1.2.   Error Messages.   A more serious error, identified as fatal by EHTD, will also
occur if a critical item is missing from the user-specified input  file.  For example, should
the input file be missing the sampling station  name (a required field), then EHTD will
                                          75

-------
respond with a screen display similar to the one shown in Table 22.  The first line shown
in Table 22 indicates that either the sampling station name or the  ' 'END  OF RUNS''  file
terminator is missing.  From the second line it is apparent that the sampling station name is
missing, because this line indicates that the last sampling station name identified by EHTD
(STATION NAME READ  WAS:) appears nonsensical  (i.e., DISCHARGE (m~3/h) . . .)- The listed
station name on line 2 of Table 22 is actually just a comment line that should normally be
ignored by EHTD (see Section 5. on page 83 for an description of comment lines in input
files).
   Also apparent from the first line  in Table 22 is that a missing  ' 'END  OF RUNS''  file
terminator may still cause a fatal error rather than just a warning error as shown in Table 21.
This may sometimes occur if EHTD is unable to distinguish a "true end" to the user-supplied
input file.
   All the information shown in Table 22 up to the statement FATAL ERROR IN. . .  will
be printed in  the named output  file.  The ERROR NUMBER  =  -5 will not appear in  the
output file because the necessary information will already have been produced. Following
the listed  error  number, the statement, JOB ABORT DUE TO  FATAL ERROR., is  the last
significant  statement for a  typical user.  The additional information listed (i.e.,  MESSAGE
START           NERR. . .)  are of no consequence to the user; this information is  useful to
programmers only. Other basic error messages are possible.

              Table 22.  Screen display of a  typical EHTD warning message.
         MISSING STATION NAME OR "END OF RUNS" FILE TERMINATOR
         LAST STATION NAME READ MAS: DISCHARGE (m'S/h)   DISTANCE (m)    AREA (nT2)  SINUOSITY FACTOR

                      PROGRAM STOPPED DUE TO ERROR IN INPUT FILE

                       CHECK INPUT FILE INCONSISTENT ERRORS
               FOR EXAMPLE 	 DOES THE NUMBER OF RECOVERY STATIONS
               MATCH THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF RECORDED RECOVERY STATIONS?
      FATAL ERROR IN...
             FATAL ERROR IN INPUT FILE
      ERROR NUMBER =      -5
      JOB ABORT DUE TO FATAL ERROR.
      0        ERROR MESSAGE SUMMARY
      MESSAGE START           NERR    LEVEL   COUNT
             FATAL ERROR      -521
                                           76

-------
                Table 23. Typical screen display of optimization results.
I INITIAL X(I) D(I)
1 0.
2 0.
3 0.
IT NF
0 1
1 2
. 183887D+09
.1000000+01
.0000000+00
F
0.152D-70
0.1520-70 0
0 . 6000+00
0.521D+05
0 . 2060+05
RELDF PRELDF RELDX MODEL STPPAR D*STEP NPRELDF

.000+00 0.44D-77 0.00+00 G 0. OD+00 0.30-71 0.44D-77
***** x- AND RELATIVE FUNCTION CONVERGENCE *****
FUNCTION
FUNC. EVALS
PRELDF
I
1 0.
2 0.
3 0.
0.151871D-70
2
0 . 4400-77
FINAL X(I)
183887D+09
1000000+01
OOOOOOD+00
RELDX O.OOOD+00
GRAD. EVALS 3
NPRELRF 0.440D-77
0(1) G(I)
0 . 600D+00 0 . 1650-78
0.521D+05 -0.3060-68
0 . 206D+05 0 . 1990-69
                          FINAL TRACER MASS ESTIMATE

                              MASS = 1.84E+05 g


                     Press  to initiate plot routine
4.5.2.  Screen Output of Optimization Results
Selecting the optimization routine may result in a slight alteration of the estimated tracer
mass, the tracer retardation, and/or the tracer decay.  Prior to displaying the final tracer
mass estimate, EHTD will display the results of the optimization routine, which will appear
similar to the one  shown in Table 23.
   Most of the information provided in Table 23 will be of little use and may be ignored.
However, at the top of Table 23 is a list of the parameter values (I) selected for optimization,
their initial values (INITIAL X(I)),  and the derivative of each (D(I)). For this example,
three  parameters are shown; the order will always be MASS, RETARDATION, and DECAY unless
retardation is not  included  in the optimization routine, in which case the order would be
MASS and DECAY.
   The next  row (IT   NF      F. . .)  is an indication of the optimization iterations that
will follow and related operations (only one iteration after an initial value for this example).
                                          77

-------
This can be a very large set of iterations if radical changes to the values are required, but
this is unlikely.
   Next  is an indication of how well the optimization routine performed;  in this instance
the statement:

*****  X- AND RELATIVE  FUNCTION CONVERGENCE *****

indicates very positive optimization results. This same line appears in the  final output file
as an error message so that the user has a documented record of how well the optimization
routine performed.
   The next three rows also will not be of much use to the user, as they only indicate the
function evaluations, gradient evaluations, etc.  However,  the next four rows are very useful,
as they represent the final outcome of the optimization routine. The FINAL X(I) and D(I)
are similar to those listed at the top of Table 23, and the G(I) represents the final gradient
estimates.
   Lastly, the screen displays  the FINAL TRACER  MASS  ESTIMATE just as though the opti-
mization routine had not been run. EHTD then informs the user to continue on to the plot
routine to visualize the predicted ETC.

4.6.  COMPUTER  GRAPHICS
A high-quality color graphics algorithm, PGPLOT4 (Pearson, 1997) that allows cascading
of graphics screens, direct printing, creation of screen files, and more using pull-down menus
in the Windows environment is included in EHTD. It is particularly useful for evaluating
the effect of interpolating and/or extrapolating the original data. Publication-quality plots
may be generated as PostScript files from the graphics screen incorporated into the program.
Alternatively, a screen dump using any type of printer is possible.

4.6.1.   Features of the Interactive Graphics Loop
Running EHTD will start a conventional Windows screen with a series of pull-down menus
(Table 24).  Each underlined character in Table 24 indicates  that the  key plus the
underlined character implements the respective menu  item.  For example,   will
initiate the pull-down menu items underneath the File heading. Of course the mouse pointer
   4PGPLOT may be obtained from http://www.astro.caltech.edu/~tjp/pgplot/
                                         78

-------
can be used to access the menu items.
   It is necessary to point out here that most users will not use the pull-down menus very
often.  Most of the more useful graphics functions have been built directly into EHTD so
as to alleviate excess work on the part of the user.  However, in  some instances, the user
may find particular functions of value. For example, selecting the (Cascade function under
the Window pull-down menu after a total five or six graphics plots have been produced in
a series of child windows will cause the child windows to become stacked, but slightly offset
to the right and  down.
   The items shown in Table 24 works whether the program is currently at the text-only
screen (Graphic  1) where the user responds to queries posed by EHTD or if the program
is currently at the data-plot screen (PGPlot Graphics, #1). However, there is  little point
in accessing any  of the pull-down items from the text-only screen whereas in the data-plot
screen the user may  find some items of value. For example, the color data-plot screen can
be printed  as it appears, saved as it appears, resized to fit the  whole  screen, etc.
   A brief description of each pull-down item shown in Table 24 is provided in the next six
subsections. Because the items listed in Table 24 are relatively self explanatory, the items
are only briefly described.
                                         79

-------
                                     Table 24.  Pull-down menu items available in EHTD.
oo
o
File
Print...
Save...
Exit Ctrl+C





Edit
Select Text
Select Graphics
Select All
Copy Ctrl+Ins
Paste



View
Size To Fit
Full Screen Alt Enter






State Window
Pause Ctrl+S (Cascade
Tile
Arrange Icons
Input
Clear Paste
Status Bar
IGraphic 1
2PGPlot Graphics, # 1
Help
(Contents
Using Help
About






-------
4.6.1.1.   File.   Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.

Print...  A screen dump to the local printer attached to the respective PC.

Save...  Save the screen as a bitmapped (*.BMP) file.

Exit Ctrl+C Exit the program.



4.6.1.2.   Edit.  Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.

Select Text Select text for pasting to the clipboard.

Select Graphics Select graphics for pasting to the clipboard.

Select All Select both text and graphics for pasting to the clipboard.

Ctopy Ctrl+Ins  Copy selected items to the clipboard.

Paste  Paste selected items to the  screen.



4.6.1.3.   View.   Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.

Size To Fit  Fit the graphics screen to the view surface  without scroll bars.

Full Screen Alt+Enter Fit the  entire graphics  screen  to the view surface without the menu
     items displayed (a left-mouse click returns to the original screen).



4.6.1.4.   §tate.  Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.

Pause Ctrl+S Pause the graphic  display.

Resume Ctrl+Q Resume graphic display.

Pause and Resume appear only as alternates of each  other, so that only the one that is not
currently functioning is accessible.  The one that  is currently in operation is not displayed
in the pull-down menu.
                                           81

-------
4.6.1.5.  ^Window.  Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.
Cascade  Allows for a cascading view of multiple child windows at one time.
Tile Allows for a tile display of multiple child windows  at one time.
Arrange Icons  Not currently used in EHTD.
Input  Automatically displays the input  screen (Graphic 1) for data input.
Clear Paste Clears an item pasted onto the screen.
^tatus  Bar Displays the current operating mode of the displayed graphics screen in a bar at the
     bottom of the screen (when  "check marked").
1 Graphic 1 Name of the data input screen ("check marked") if active.
^ PGPlot Graphics, # 1 Identifying  name/number of all subsequently opened graphics screens
     (active when "check marked").
4.6.1.6.  Help.   Items listed under this heading in Table 24 are described as follows.
Contents Listing of available help contents.
Using Help  Description on the use of the Help.
About Identifies the EHTD program.


4.7.   EHTD SOURCE
The FORTRAN source  for EHTD is included on the CD. It is a very large program and
it had to be split  into pieces to  allow its  use on a PC. It is not recommended that users
to attempt to follow the logic or modify the program.  Questions regarding the program's
functioning can be addressed to the author.
    In addition, the graphics routine developed  at the California Institute of Technology is
included. However, it is  not allowed for  use in commercial products.
                                          82

-------
                       5.   EHTD USE OF INPUT FILES

   EHTD is written to work only  with  prepared data files  because there is too much
important data that needs to be entered correctly.  Keyboard  entry  is typically very
frustrating and usually results in typographical errors that are difficult to correct. If these
errors are caught, it usually indicates that  it is time to repeat the entire data entry process.
   Good computer programs allow for created data files to be read directly by the program.
These files can easily be corrected or modified as desired without a great deal of effort on
the part of the user.
   EHTD data files  have  been developed  in  a relatively simple manner to be as straight-
forward as possible.   Each data file  consists  of a leading part that identifies the planned
tracer test followed by any number of likely sample recovery  stations. If more than a single
sample recovery station is listed in the data file, then the projected tracer mass calculated
by EHTD is an additive process.
   This  additive  process is correct  only if  the  multiple  sample recovery stations are
independent of each other. If the multiple sample recovery stations are in line with each other
(e.g., they occur along the same stream line), then twice as  much tracer  will be estimated
than may be necessary.  This situation must be  evaluated  by the user on a case-by-case
5.1.  DESCRIPTION OF INPUT FILES
EHTD uses a straight-forward, standard format for data input files. Unnecessary "com-
ment" or blank lines are interspersed with necessary lines that EHTD reads and processes.
Although the comment lines  may be left blank, adding descriptive comments is useful for
keeping the file well organized.
   Figure  fO  illustrates the  general  form of a typical  flowing  stream input  file, the
components of which are briefly described, and Figure ff illustrates the general form of
a typical porous media input file, the components of which are briefly described in Table 25.
Note that the Line numbers listed in Figures fO and ff correspond to the Line  numbers
listed in Table 25.  No column numbers are provided because free format input is permitted
(i.e., the placement of input items is irrelevant).
   A cursory inspection of Figures  fO and  f f will show that the only significant difference
between the two occurs at  Line(s) 8 and ultimately  Line(s) 9 (repeated as necessary in
both figures and any real data-input file).  Although not apparent in Figures  fO and  ff

                                         83

-------
Line                                 Generic Flowing Stream Input File

 1       PROJECT NAME
 2       Name of Planned Tracer Test
 3       FLOW     RELEAS      RTIM  (h)      INFLOW (m~3/h)      UNITS
 4

 6       STATION NAME
 7       Name of Sample Station 1
 8       DISCHARGE (m~3/h)    DISTANCE (m)     AREA  (m~2)    SINUOSITY FACTOR
 9
10       INIT.  CONG.  (ug"3/L) GAMMA1          GAMMA2
H
12       RETARDATION          DECAY  (1/h)      OPTIM         AVE.  CONG.  (ug/L)
13
14
15
16

 6       STATION NAME
 7       Name of sample station 2
 8       DISCHARGE (m~3/h)    DISTANCE (m)     AREA  (m~2)    SINUOSITY FACTOR
 9
10       INIT.  CONG.  (ug"3/L) GAMMA1          GAMMA2
11
12       RETARDATION          DECAY  (1/h)      OPTIM         AVE.  CONG.  (ug/L)
13
14
15
16
17
18       STOP PROCESSING
19       End of Runs
Figure 10. Generic example of an flowing stream input file illustrating the basic format used
by EHTD for processing. Note that the Line numbers are not part of a typical input file
and are listed here only for reference purposes for Table 25. Also note that Lines 6-17 are
repeated for each individual sampling station considered for the particular study.
                                        84

-------
Line
                            Generic Porous Media Input File
 1
 2
 3
 4
 5
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
 6
 7
 8
 9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
PROJECT NAME
Name of Planned Tracer Test
FLOW      RELEAS      RTIM (h)
INFLOW (m~3/h)
UNITS
STATION NAME
Name of Sample Station 1
DISCHARGE  (m~3/h)     POROSITY    THICKNESS  (m)   DIST-X  (m)   DIST-Y (m)
INIT. CONG.  (ug"3/L) GAMMA1      GAMMA2

RETARDATION          DECAY  (1/h) OPTIM
              AVE. CONG.  (ug/L)
STATION NAME
Name of sample station 2
DISCHARGE  (m~3/h)    POROSITY    THICKNESS  (m)   DIST-X  (m)   DIST-Y (m)
INIT. CONG.  (ug"3/L) GAMMA1      GAMMA2

RETARDATION          DECAY  (1/h) OPTIM
              AVE. CONG.  (ug/L)
STOP PROCESSING
End of -Runs
Figure 11. Generic example of an porous media input file illustrating the basic format used
by EHTD for processing. Note that the  Line numbers are not part of a typical input file
and are listed here only for reference purposes for Table 25. Also note that Lines 6-17 are
repeated for each individual sampling station considered for the particular study.
                                        85

-------
         Table 25.  Description of the input file components listed in Figures 10 and 11.
Line  Type       Identifier
                      Description
1

2     Character   TITLE1

3

4     Integer     FLOW
      Integer
RELEAS
      Real
RTIME  (h)
Comment line.

Descriptive title for planned tracer test.

Comment line.

Type of flow data code:
1    Open-channel or closed-conduit flow.
2    Porous media flow and a natural-gradient
     tracer test.
3    Porous media flow and a forced-gradient
     tracer test.
4    Porous media flow and a injection/withdrawal
     test.
5    Porous media flow and a recirculation test.

Tracer release method data code:
1    Impulse tracer release (i.e.,  Dirac 6 function).
2    Pulse tracer release (time dependent).
3    Continuous tracer (step) release.

Time in hours for pulse release (RELEAS = 2)
only, but a place holder is required (automatically
converted to zero for RELEAS  /  2).
4 Real INFLOW (m"3/t)
or Real INFLOW (ft"3/t)
4 Integer UNITS
5
6
7 Character TITLE2
8
Injection flow rate (m3
h-1 or ft3 h-1).
Units used in the input file.
1 Metric units (e.g., m, m2, m3 h"1).
2 English units (e.g., ft, ft2, ft3 tr1).
Comment line.
Comment line.


Descriptive title for sampling station.
Comment line (Note the Line 8 differences
between Figure 10 and Figure 11).
                                                                         continued on next page

-------
                 Table 22. Description of the input file components (continued).
Line  Type
9     Real
or    Real
9
or

9
or
9
or
Real
Real

Real
Real

Real
Real
Real
      Real
           Identifier
                      Description
                 Flowing Stream Entry for Line 9 (see Figure 10)

           DISCHARGE  (m"3/T)    Sampling station discharge (m3 h"1 or ft3 h"1).
           DISCHARGE  (ft~3/T)   estimated from surface discharge (e.g., spring[s];
                                  surface-water stream) if FLOW  =  1.
                                  Estimated from Darcy's law for porous media
                                  discharge if FLOW = 2.
                                  Estimated from pumping well if FLOW = 3  or 4.
DISTANCE (m)
DISTANCE (ft)

AREA  (m~2)
AREA  (ft"2)

SINUOSITY FACTOR
Estimated longitudinal distance from release point
to expected recovery point (m or ft).

Cross-sectional area of discharge point (e.g., spring
or surface-water stream cross-sectional area)  (m2 or ft2).

DISTANCE multiplier (< 1.5) to account for sinuosity.
Applicable to solution conduits primarily when a
straight-line distance between tracer injection and
recovery points is listed for DISTANCE.
       Porous Media Entry for Line 9 (see Figure 11)

DISCHARGE (m"3/T)    Sampling station discharge (m3 h"1 or ft3 h"1).
DISCHARGE (ft"3/T)   estimated from surface discharge (e.g., spring[s];
                      surface-water stream) if FLOW = 1.
                      Estimated from Darcy's law for porous media
                      discharge if FLOW = 2.
                      Estimated from pumping well if FLOW  = 3 or 4.
           POROSITY
                      Estimated effective porosity of the porous medium.
9
or
9
or
9
or
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
Real
THICKNESS (m)
THICKNESS (ft)
DIST-X (m)
DIST-X (ft)
DIST-Y (m)
DIST-Y (ft)
Estimated porous medium thickness (m or ft).
Estimated longitudinal distance from release point
to expected recovery point (m or ft).
Estimated transverse spread of tracer at the
expected recovery point (m or ft).
                                                                        continued on next page
                                           87

-------
                Table 22. Description of the input file components (continued).
Line
10
11
11
11
Type

Real
Real
Real
Identifier

INIT. CONG. (ug/L)
GAMMA 1
GAMMA2
Description
Comment line.
Initial (background) tracer concentration



First exponential production (growth) constant
(> 0.0).
Second exponential production (growth)
constant
12

13


13

13
15

15

16

16

17

18
      Real


      Real

      Integer
13    Real
14    Integer
14    Integer
      Real

      Real

      Real

      Real
RETARDATION


DECAY

OPTIM



AVE. CONG.  (ug/L)
(> 0.0).

Comment line.

Factor to account for possible tracer retardation
(> 1.0).

Factor to account for possible tracer decay (> 0.0).

Global program optimization data code:
0    No optimization.
1    Optimization.

Desired average concentration at the sampling
station (\ig L"1).

Optimization for tracer retardation.
0    No optimization.
1    Optimization.

Optimization for tracer decay.
0    No optimization.
1    Optimization.

Minimum bound on tracer retardation optimization.

Minimum bound on tracer decay optimization.

Maximum bound on tracer retardation optimization.

Maximum bound on tracer decay optimization.

Comment line.

Comment line.
                                                                        continued on next page

-------
                 Table 22. Description of the input file components (continued).
 Line  Type
Identifier
Description
 19    Character  END OF RUNS
                     Program termination code:
                     Not required, but allows file notes to be included
                     at the end of the input file (e.g., references).
 aLines 6-17 may be repeated for any number of sampling stations.

because of the generic aspect of each is that the value to be entered for type of flow, FLOW,
on Line 4 must correspond to the listing on Line 9. Correct representation of Line 9 is
not required, but it is useful for clarity purposes, as pointed out in Table 25. Section 5.1.1.
provides a detailed line-by-line explanation of Figures 10 and 11 in reference to Table 25.

5.1.1.   Line-by-Line  Description of Input  Files
Figure 10, Figure 11, and Table 25 each include a Line number to identify the line on which
a particular item must be supplied in a data input file.  These Line numbers are provided
here only as a guide to the user and are never to be included in any actual data input file.
Below is a detailed description of each line for a typical data input file. In most instances,
the description provided refers to Figure 10 and refers specifically to  Figure 11 only when
necessary because of the similarity of most data entry lines for the two types of data input
files.

Line 1 is a comment statement provided to the user to enter a  clarifying statement that
     is ignored by EHTD. It is generally used as a convenient label  for Line 2, which is
     READ by the program.  For example, Figure 10 lists Line I as:

     PROJECT NAME

     which is stating that the Line 2 is a name to be READ by EHTD. Line I can be left
     blank if desired.
Line 2 is a  user-supplied name that is required and is READ by EHTD. It intended to be
     an identifier for the specific tracer test being designed. For example, Figure 10 lists
     Line 2 as:
     Name of Planned Tracer Test

-------
     which should match all references to the eventual tracer test.

Line 3 is  also a comment statement provided so that the user may enter a clarifying
     statement, which is ignored by EHTD. It is generally used  as a convenient label for
     Line 4 which is READ by the program. For example, Figure 10 lists Line 3 as:

     FLOW      RELEAS      RTIME (h)       INFLOW  (m~3/h)       UNITS

     which is stating that control codes and data listed on Line 4  are to be READ by EHTD.
     Line 3 best serves as a header listing for Line 4.

Line 4 is a user-specified input, the specifics of which are as follows:
     FLOW  = 1 if open-channel or closed-conduit flow  (surface-water stream or solution
          conduit).
     FLOW  = 2 if porous media flow and a natural-gradient tracer test.
     FLOW  = 3 if porous media flow and a forced-gradient tracer test (extraction well).
     FLOW  = 4 if porous media flow and an injection/withdrawal test (injection well rate
          = pumping well rate).
     FLOW  = 5 if porous media flow and a recirculation test (injection well rate = pumping
          well rate).
     RELEAS = 1 for impulse (instantaneous) tracer release (i.e.,  Dirac S function).
     RELEAS = 2 for pulse tracer release (time dependent).
     RELEAS = 3 for continuous (step)  tracer release.
     RTIME (h) is  time for a pulse release (RELEAS = 2). It is meaningless for a nonpulse
          tracer release (i.e., RELEAS =£ 2), but some  value must be entered as a place
          holder (automatically converted to zero for RELEAS  ^  2).
     INFLOW (m~3/h)  or (ft~3/h) is the rate of injection, and it can have significant effects
          on the extent of predicted dilution. For pulse and continuous releases into porous
          media systems, a value for INFLOW should definitely be included. No value should
          be listed  for impulse releases. The user must also decide whether pre- and post-
          tracer injection flush water should be included to account for additional dilution
          effects.  However,  for  flowing streams (e.g.,  surface-water streams), upstream
          discharges entering the injection point should not be included as INFLOW.

                                         90

-------
     UNITS = 1 for metric units (meters, square meters, cubic meters per hour).
     UNITS = 2 for English units (feet, square feet, cubic feet per hour).
     For example, Line 4 in Figure 10 might, for an actual tracer test, appear as:

     1           1           0.0          0.0           1

     which states that  FLOW =  1, RELEAS = 1, RTIME  (h)  = 0.0 h, INFLOW (m~3/h)  =
     0.0m3 h"1, and UNITS  = 1.  It will be noted that the values listed for RTIME  and
     INFLOW are merely place holders. Alternatively, Line 4 in Figure 10 might appear as:

     1           2           3.0          0.0           1

     which represents a 3-hour pulse release in which  flush or inflow  water should be
     excluded, such as might occur with a tracer test in a surface-water stream.
     As yet another alternative, Line 4 might be the listing for FLOW as any integer greater
     than  1 and less than 6 (2 < x < 5), which requires a proper corresponding entry in
     Line 9.  In this instance, Line 4 in Figure 11 might appear as:

     4           2         76.56    5.688E01           1

     which represents a porous media injection/withdrawal tracer test in which tracer  was
     injected into a well over a period of 76.56 hours coupled with an injection  flow rate
     and downgradient  withdrawal rate equal to 5.688 x 101 m3 h"1.

     NOTE: Time values are always in hours!
Line 5 is also a comment statement provided so that the user may enter a clarifying state-
     ment, which is ignored by EHTD. It is generally used as a convenient breaking point
     before listing the sample station name(s).  For example, Figure 10 lists Line 5 as:
     which  has  no real meaning and is ignored by EHTD. Line 5 can be left  blank if
     desired.
Line 6 is also a comment statement provided so that the user may enter a clarifying state-
     ment, which is ignored by EHTD.  It is generally used as a convenient indicator that

                                         91

-------
     Line 7 will contain the sample station name.  For example, Figure 10 lists Line 6 as:

     STATION  NAME

     which is  ignored by EHTD but is useful for  recognizing Line 7,  which is READ by
     EHTD. Line 6 can be left blank if desired.

Line 7 is a user-supplied name that is required and is READ by EHTD. It intended to be
     an identifier for a specific sample station. For example, Figure fO lists Line 7 as:

     Name of Sample Station 1

     where the number f is used in this example as an indicator that there is more than
     one sampling station for the example tracer test.  The actual name can be anything,
     but one must be listed.

Line 8 is another comment statement  provided so that the user may  enter a clarifying
     statement, which is  ignored by EHTD. It  is  intended  as a convenient indicator for
     appropriate input to be listed  on Line 8. For example, Figure 10 lists Line 8  as:

     DISCHARGE (m~3/h)     DISTANCE (m)     AREA (nT2)    SINUOSITY  FACTOR

     Alternatively, Figure 11 lists Line 8 as:

     DISCHARGE (m~3/h)   POROSITY    THICKNESS (m)   DIST-X  (m)   DIST-Y  (m)

     Both of these examples serve  as indicators  of data input for Line 9 and to be  READ
     by EHTD. Line 8 best serves as a header listing for Line 9.

Line 9 is a series of user-supplied data representing either field measurements or estimates
     for the parameters identified on Line 8 of Figure 10  or Figure 11, as appropriate. For
     example, Line 9 (with Line  8 added for clarity) in Figure 10 might,  for an actual
     tracer test, appear as:

     DISCHARGE (m~3/h)     DISTANCE (m)     AREA (m~2)    SINUOSITY  FACTOR
     6.408E3                8000.0           18.8           1.0

     which states that DISCHARGE (m~3/h) = 6.408x 103 m3 h"1, DISTANCE (m) = 8000.0
                                        92

-------
     m, AREA (m~2)  =18.8 m2, and SINUOSITY =  1.0 or no sinuosity adjustment. Al-
     ternatively, Line 9 (with Line 8 added for clarity) in Figure 11 might appear as:

     DISCHARGE (m~3/h)   POROSITY    THICKNESS  (m)    DIST-X  (m)    DIST-Y (m)
     5.688E1               0.35          21.6              38.3          0.0

     which  states that  DISCHARGE  (m~3/h) = 5.688 x 101  m3 h"1,  POROSITY = 0.35,
     THICKNESS (m)  = 21.6m, DIST-X  (m) = 38.3 m, and DIST-Y  (m)  =  0.0m.
     Of particular significance in the second example is the lack of an estimated transverse
     spread (DIST-Y  (m) = 0.0).  Transverse  spread  needs to  be estimated  only  for a
     natural-gradient porous media tracer test (FLOW =  2). All subsequent cases (FLOW =
     3—5) will result in an automatic transverse spread estimate by EHTD  according to
     Equations (72) - (75).

Line 10 is  a comment statement provided so the user  may enter a clarifying  statement,
     which  is ignored by EHTD. It is intended as a convenient indicator  for appropriate
     input to be listed on Line  11. For example, Figure 10 lists Line 10 as:

     INIT.  CONC. (ug/L)    GAMMA1     GAMMA2

Line 11 is  a series of  user-supplied input representing a desire on the part of the user
     to allow for initial (background) tracer  concentration and exponential  (growth)
     production.  Initial concentration and production values to be entered  must always
     conform to > 0.0.  So, for example, Line 11 in Figure 10 might appear as:

     0.02              0.1             0.2

     which  states  that INIT. CONC.  (ug/L) =0.02  |j.g Lr1, GAMMA1 =  0.1,  GAMMA2 =
     0.2.
     It is essential that estimated values for initial concentration > 0.0 and the exponential
     production parameters >  0.0 not be excessively large.  Very large values for either
     initial  concentration (relative to set average concentration) or exponential production
     parameters may result in nonsense results from EHTD.

Line 12 is  a comment statement provided so the user  may enter a clarifying  statement,
     which  is ignored by EHTD. It is intended as a convenient indicator  for appropriate

                                        93

-------
     input to be listed on Line 13. For example, Figure 10 lists Line 12 as:

     RETARDATION    DECAY  (1/h)     OPTIM    AVE.  CONG.  (ug/L)

Line 13 is a series  of user-supplied input representing a desire on the part of the user
     to allow for  tracer retardation  in  the system,  tracer-specific decay  (in  reciprocal
     hours only), to turn on program optimization, and to set a required average tracer
     concentration. Retardation values to be entered must always conform to > 1.0, decay
     values must always conform to  > 0.0,  and average concentration must conform to
     > 0.0 for obvious reasons (i.e., from solute transport theory, retardation can never be
     less than one, decay can never be negative, and average concentration can never be
     less than or equal to zero). So, for example, Line 13 in Figure 10 might appear as:

     1.0              0.0             0           20.0

     which states  that RETARDATION  = 1.0, DECAY (1/h) =0.0 h"1, OPTIM  =  0, AVE.
     CONG. (ug/L)  =20.0 M-g L"1.  Note that  setting optimization to zero (OPTIM  = 0)
     informs EHTD not to perform an optimization  routine. However, setting optimization
     to one (OPTIM  = 1) informs EHTD to perform an optimization on the estimated tracer
     mass, retardation, and decay if appropriate (see Line 14 description in Table 25 and
     below.
     It is essential that estimated values for retardation > 1.0 and decay > 0.0  h"1 not
     be excessively large. Very large  values for  either retardation or decay may result in
     nonsense results from EHTD.

Line 14 is a series of two user-supplied input switches to inform EHTD whether retardation
     and/or decay estimates are to be estimated.  For example, if OPTIM  = 1  (Line 13)
     and Line 14 in Figure 10 is represented by

     1               1
     EHTD, is informed to perform  a full optimization (mass, retardation, and decay).
     Setting Line 14 to

     0               1
     informs EHTD to optimize mass and decay only, whereas
                                         94

-------
     1              0
     informs EHTD to optimize mass and retardation only. If OPTIM  = 0 (Line 13) and
     Line 14 is represented by

     1              1
     EHTD is informed to not perform any optimization because the main optimization
     control switch is set to off.

Line 15 sets the minimum bounds to be  considered by EHTD on the optimization of
     retardation and decay. Values for Line 15 for retardation cannot be less than one,
     and for decay they cannot be less than zero. For example, Line  15 in Figure 10 will
     commonly appear as

     1.0              0.0
     which informs EHTD  of the minimum bounds allowed according to the user.

Line 16 sets the maximum bounds  to  be considered by EHTD on the optimization of
     retardation and decay. Values for Line 15 for retardation can be  any number greater
     than one,  and for decay  they can be  any number greater than  zero.  For example,
     Line 15 in Figure 10  will commonly appear as

     10.0               5.0
     which informs EHTD  of the maximum bounds allowed according to the user.

Line 17 is a comment statement provided so that the user may enter a clarifying state-
     ment, which is ignored by EHTD. It is generally used as a convenient breaking  point
     before listing the sample station name(s).  For example, Figure 10 lists Line 17 as:
     which has no real meaning and is ignored by EHTD.  Line 17 can be left blank if
     desired.
Line 18 is also a comment statement provided so that the user may enter a clarifying
     statement, which is ignored by EHTD. It is generally used as a convenient indicator
     that Line  17 will contain the End of Runs indicator.  For example, Figure 10 lists
                                        95

-------
     Line 18 as:

     STOP  PROCESSING

     which is ignored by EHTD but is useful for recognizing Line  19, which is READ by
     EHTD if included. Line 18 can be left blank if desired.

Line 19 is a stopping criterion that is specifically listed End of Runs and that is READ by
     EHTD.  It intended to facilitate EHTD processing, but it is not required.  Line 19 may
     be left blank without any expected processing  difficulties, but a warning message to
     the user is returned.  Using the stopping criterion End of Runs is useful for allowing
     the inclusion of file notes to be included at the end of the data input file. For example,
     Figure 10 lists Line  19 as:

     End of  Runs
     Karstic site
     Tracer  injection  to occur in a sinking stream
     Tracer  recovery expected at  two  springs
     Discharge measurements  made  on date

     where the informational statements following Line 19  are not processed by EHTD
     but are useful notes.  In particular, the date when discharge measurements were taken
     is very valuable, because discharges can change  radically over very short time periods.
                                        96

-------
                           6.   EHTD OUTPUT FILES

   EHTD produces only minimal screen output. For the most part, screen output is limited
to estimates for tracer mass and warning and/or error messages related to the respective
input file and processing. Most  of this information can be ignored by the user, as all of the
screen text output is reproduced in much greater detail in the EHTD output file.
   Upon completion of input file processing, EHTD automatically develops a screen plot of
the likely ETC according to the data contained in the input file.  As noted in Section 3.1.
the ETC developed by EHTD is based on the conventional ADE using any one of the three
solutions listed in Section 3.2.1., Equations (54) - (57).  It will be noted that  unless the
user specifically informs EHTD to produce a Plot File during program initiation or saves
the screen plot  as a *.bmp file (see Section 4.6.1.), no final screen plot will be produced for
later viewing.
6.1.  DESCRIPTION OF OUTPUT FILES
Entering the name of a typical EHTD data input file when requested by EHTD  (see
Section  4.2.), the  requested data output  file name,  and the requested  plot file name,  if
desired, results  in rapid data processing by EHTD. Figure 12 represents a typical  data input
file. It consists  of measured data developed for the Lost River Cave System in Kentucky, in
which recovery  was expected at  the Lost River Rise [see Field and Pinsky  (2000) for a brief
discussion of the site]. Upon completion of input file processing by EHTD, a conventional
ETC is  plotted on the CRT screen (Figure 13). This plot displays the recommended tracer
mass necessary  to generate the particular ETC displayed.  If multiple recovery stations were
listed in the input file (see Figure 10 for a general example), then the final output  file will
recommend a tracer mass that is developed by summing the masses recommended for each
individual sampling station.
   If a  plot file is requested of EHTD by the user, then a standard plot file in ASCII
format will be produced. Figure 14 depicts the plot file developed by EHTD from the Lost
River Cave System data input file  (Figure 12). The first two columns of data in Figure 14
are much longer than the second two columns and represent the data points generated by
EHTD to produce the ETC. The second two columns of data never exceed 65 data points
and represent the recommended sampling times and likely concentration values.
   Data processing completion  by EHTD also completes the development of data output
files that describe the results of EHTD analysis. The data output files are quite long because

                                         97

-------
PROJECT NAME
KARST EXAMPLE  —  LOST RIVER CAVE SYSTEM
FLOW      RELEAS      RTIM (h)       INFLOW  (m~3/h)
1         1           0.0            0.0
     UNITS
     1
STATION NAME
LOST RIVER RISE
DISCHARGE  (m~3/h)
6.408E3
INIT. CONC.  (ug/L)
0.0
RETARDATION
1.0
1
1.0
10.0
DISTANCE (m)
8000.0
GAMMA 1
0.0
DECAY (1/h)
0.0
1
0.0
5.0
AREA (m~
18.8
GAMMA2
0.0
OPTIM
0



2)








SINUOSITY FACTOR
1.0
AVE. CONC.  (ug/L)
18.3
STOP PROCESSING
END OF RUNS
Figure 12. Typical example input file to illustrate how an example EHTD-generated output
file appears  after processing.

-------
                                               TRACER MASS =1.04E+00 kg
                                                 —  Breakthrough Curve
                                                  n  Sampling Times
                                              40
                                                     50
                                                             60
                                                                    70
                                        Time (h)
Figure 13.  Standard-form example  ETC generated  by EHTD from a typical input  file
(see Figure 12).  Note that recommended sampling times are  shown  (open circles), as is
recommended tracer mass to inject. In addition, time  and concentration units are adjusted
automatically to their most readable values according to the tracer test design parameters.
                                          99

-------
PLOT FILE: LOST RIVER RISE
BREAKTHROUGH CURVE
TIME
(h)
.23471
.46941
.70412
.93883
1.1735
1.4082
1.6429
1.8777
2.1124
2.3471
2.5818
2.8165
3.0512
3.2859
3.5206
3.7553
3.9900
4.2247
4.4594
4.6941
4.9288
5.1635
5.3983
5.6330
5.8677
6.1024
6.3371
6.5718
6.8065
7.0412
7.2759
7.5106
7.7453
CONG.
(Hg/D
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
                                          SAMPLE TIMES  AND  CONG.
                                           TIME           CONG.
                                             (h)
                                        9.9516
                                        10.808
                                        11.665
                                        12.522
                                        13.378
                                        14.235
                                        15.092
                                        15.948
                                        16.805
                                        17.662
                                        18.518
                                        19.375
                                        20.232
                                        21.088
                                        21.945
                                        22.802
                                        23.658
                                        24.515
                                        25.372
                                        26.228
                                        27.085
                                        27.942
                                        28.799
                                        29.655
                                        30.512
                                        31.369
                                        32.225
                                        33.082
                                        33.939
                                        34.795
                                        35.652
                                        36.509
                                        37.365
.15918E-05
.39299E-04
.53591E-03
.45611E-02
.26531E-01
.11300
.37166
.98432
2.1701
4.0911
6.7403
9.8809
13.082
15.839
17.723
18.492
18.130
16.813
14.830
12.505
10.123
7.8980
5.9579
4.3585
3.1001
2.1490
1.4548
.96361
.62552
.39855
.24959
.15381
.93383E-01
         Figure 14. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 13.
                                     100

-------
7.9800
8.2147
8 . 4494
8.6841
8.9189
9.1536
9.3883
9.6230
9.8577
10.092
10.327
10.562
10.797
11.031
11.266
11.501
11.735
11.970
12.205
12.439
12.674
12.909
13.144
13.378
13.613
13.848
14.082
14.317
14.552
14.787
15.021
15.256
15.491
15.725
15.960
16.195
16.429
16.664
16.899
0.0000
.17967E-09
.79528E-09
.32080E-08
.11880E-07
.40652E-07
.12931E-06
. 38444E-06
.10733E-05
.28266E-05
.70494E-05
.16710E-04
.37773E-04
.81676E-04
.16940E-03
.33788E-03
.64959E-03
.12065E-02
.21689E-02
.37810E-02
.64030E-02
.10550E-01
.16937E-01
.26531E-01
.40602E-01
.60777E-01
.89084E-01
.12800
. 18044
.24981
.33995
.45506
.59966
.77846
.99620
1.2575
1.5667
1.9275
2.3431
38.222
39.079
39.935
40.792
41.649
42.505
43.362
44.219
45.075
45.932
46.789
47 . 645
48.502
49.359
50.215
51.072
51.929
52.786
53.642
54.499
55.356
56.212
57.069
57.926
58.782
59.639
60.496
61.352
62.209
63.066
63.922
64.779







.55912E-01
.33045E-01
.19294E-01
.11138E-01
.63619E-02
.35976E-02
.20154E-02
.11191E-02
.61624E-03
.33669E-03
.18260E-03
.98335E-04
.52608E-04
.27968E-04
.14781E-04
.77675E-05
.40601E-05
.21115E-05
.10928E-05
.56295E-06
. 28874E-06
. 14748E-06
.75026E-07
.38023E-07
.19200E-07
.96614E-08
.48455E-08
.24224E-08
. 12074E-08
.60003E-09
.29736E-09
. 14697E-09







Figure 14. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 13 continued.
                                   101

-------
17.134
17.368
17.603
17.838
18.072
18.307
18.542
18.777
19.011
19.246
19.481
19.715
19.950
20.185
20.419
20.654
20.889
21.124
21.358
21.593
21.828
22.062
22.297
22.532
22.767
23.001
23.236
23.471
23.940
24.409
24.879
25.348
25.818
26.287
26.757
27.226
27.695
28.165
28.634
2.8157
3.3463
3.9350
4.5803
5.2795
6.0284
6.8214
7.6518
8.5115
9.3916
10.282
11.173
12.054
12.913
13.741
14.527
15.262
15.936
16.543
17.075
17.528
17.897
18.180
18.376
18.484
18.505
18.443
18.300
17.790
17.018
16.033
14.891
13.643
12.341
11.028
9.7425
8.5131
7.3621
6 . 3044
Figure 14. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 13 continued.
                                   102

-------
29.104
29.573
30.042
30.512
30.981
31.451
31.920
32.390
32.859
33.328
33.798
34.267
34.737
35.206
35.675
36.145
36.614
37.084
37.553
38.022
38.492
38.961
39.431
39.900
40.370
40.839
41.308
41.778
42 . 247
42.717
43.186
43.655
44.125
44.594
45.064
45.533
46.002
46 . 472
5 . 3482
4.4967
3 . 7489
3.1001
2.5439
2.0722
1.6760
1 . 3465
1 . 0748
.85268
.67246
.52733
.41128
.31911
.24635
.18927
. 14475
.11021
.83550E-01
.63081E-01
.47439E-01
.35539E-01
.26527E-01
.19730E-01
.14625E-01
.10805E-01
.79569E-02
.58418E-02
.42762E-02
.31212E-02
.22719E-02
.16492E-02
.11941E-02
.86240E-03
.62133E-03
.44659E-03
.32026E-03
.22916E-03
Figure 14. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 13 continued.
                                   103

-------
46.941          .16362E-03
47.411          .11658E-03
47.880          .82901E-04
48.350          .58834E-04
48.819          .41675E-04
49.288          .29465E-04
49.758          .20796E-04
50.227          .14652E-04
50.697          .10305E-04
51.166          .72362E-05
51.635          .50731E-05
52.105          .35511E-05
52.574          .24820E-05
53.044          .17322E-05
53.513          .12071E-05
53.983          .84008E-06
54.452          .58385E-06
54.921          .40523E-06
55.391          .28089E-06
55.860          .19447E-06
56.330          .13447E-06
56.799          .92868E-07
57.268          .64064E-07
57.738          .44144E-07
58.207          .30384E-07
58.677          .20891E-07
59.146          .14349E-07
59.615          .98452E-08
60.085          .67484E-08
60.554          .46212E-08
61.024          .31615E-08
61.493          .21608E-08
61.963          .14756E-08
62.432          .10067E-08
62.901          .68627E-09
63.371          .46742E-09
63.840          .31809E-09
64.310          .21630E-09
64.779          .14696E-09
 Figure 14. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 13 continued.
                                 104

-------
of the large amount of information developed by EHTD to produce a reliable prediction of
results.

6.1.1.   EHTD-Produced Data Output Files
EHTD-produced data output files are very detailed and organized. Each data output file is
organized in a manner that allows the user to follow how EHTD progressed from initial input
data to preliminary transport estimates to final transport estimates.  Consistency of output
in terms of  units (SI only) and form are maintained regardless of  type of trace  planned
or input units (English vs.  SI).  Using a typical  input file (Figure 12), EHTD generates a
standard-form data output file, which is shown in Figures 15.

6.1.1.1.   Data Output File Header Material.   Initial output by EHTD is a boxed file
(Figure  15, page 106) that identifies the file and developer, when the file was last modified,
and the data input file read by EHTD to produce the output file. The critical information
listed is the last modified data, because this ensures that  the most up-to-date version is
being used, and the input file name, because this ensures  identification of which data input
file conforms with which  data output file.

6.1.1.2.   Input Data  Units.   A typical data input file allows both English and SI units
(Figure  15, page 106). However,  EHTD data-output files only appear with SI units because
of convenience, consistency, and  the fact that SI  units represent "better" science.

6.1.1.3.   Initial Data Input Reprise.  EHTD next repeats the initial design  data
(Figure  15, page 106) listed in the data input file  (see Figure 15).  This ensures that the
opportunity to review the input  data is provided so that the user can check that the tracer
test design matches expected field conditions. This information is not repeated regardless
of how many sampling stations  are listed in the data input file because this information
represents the tracer injection  aspects of the project.

6.1.1.4.   Sampling Station  Name.   EHTD identifies  the  expected  tracer recovery
station to which the following  data refer (Figure 15, page 106). As a new sampling station
is read by EHTD, new expected recovery data are produced in the data output file.
                                         105

-------
 *                                                                 *
 *                  TRACER-TEST DESIGN PROGRAM                     *
 *                  	                     *
 *                                                                 *
 *                  LAST  MODIFIED:               JUNE  19  2002       *
 *                                                                 *
 *   EQUILIBRIUM MODEL FOR ROOTS AND NONLINEAR OPTIMIZATION       *
 *   FOR TRACER MASS, TRACER RETARDATION, TRACER DECAY,  INITIAL  *
 *   SAMPLE COLLECTION TIME,  AND SUBSEQUENT SAMPLING FREQUENCY   *
 *                                                                 *
 *                     MALCOLM S.  FIELD                           *
 *                     USEPA — NCEA-W                            *
 *                     WASHINGTON,  DC 20460                       *
 *                                                                 *
 *                                                                 *
 *   DATA INPUT FILE:  LOST.IN                                    *
 *                                                                 *
                             INPUT DATA
                ALL  DATA ARE IN "CONSISTENT UNITS'

                     LENGTH [L]    (m)
                     TIME   [T]    (h)
                     CONC.   [M/T]  (mg/m~3 = (J-g/L)
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12).
                                     106

-------
              PROJECT NAME AND TRACER-TEST CONDITIONS
                           PROJECT NAME

     KARST EXAMPLE  — LOST RIVER CAVE SYSTEM



  FLOW TYPE       STATIONS       RELEASE MODE       RELEASE TIME
                                                         (h)

      1               1             IMPULSE            O.OOE+00

  FLOWING STREAM  TRACER TEST
 *  STATION: LOST  RIVER RISE
 *
*
*
*
Figure 15.  Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                      107

-------
  TABLE 1.1. INPUT FACTORS  THAT INFLUENCE TRACER MASS ESTIMATION
                 MEASURED  PARAMETERS OF INFLUENCE
  DISCHARGE       DISTANCE      X-SEC.  AREA        SINUOUS  FACTOR
   (m~3/h)            (m)            (nT2)
  6.4080E+03      8.00E+03        1.88E+01             l.OOE+00
              TRACER-SPECIFIC FACTORS OF INFLUENCE
  FACTOR        VALUE         LOWER        UPPER       ADJUSTABLE
                              BOUND        BOUND
  RETARDATION   l.OOE+00      O.OOE+00     O.OOE+00            0
  DECAY  (1/h)   O.OOE+00      O.OOE+00     O.OOE+00            0
                    SET  AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
                               = mg/m~3)
                            1.83E+01
                            OUTPUT DATA
                ALL  DATA  ARE IN "CONSISTENT UNITS"

                     LENGTH [L]    (m)
                     TIME    [T]    (h)
                     CONC.   [M/T]  (mg/m~3 = (J-g/L)
                     MASS    [M]    (mg, g, kg)
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.

-------
          TABLE 2.1.1. INITIAL ESTIMATED HYDRAULIC  FACTORS
              ESTIMATED  STATISTICAL TIMES OF TRAVEL
  AVERAGE TIME     AVERAGE  TIME      AVERAGE TIME     PEAK TIME
  (INI. EST.)       (ADJ.  EST.)          VARIANCE       (INI. EST.)
       (h)               (h)               (IT 2)             (h)
  2.3471E+01       3.6943E+01         1.3812E+02       2.3471E+01
       ESTIMATED TRANSPORT  VELOCITIES AND DISCHARGE VOLUME
 AVE. VELOCITY    AVE. VELOCITY     PEAK VELOCITY     SYSTEM VOLUME
  (INI. EST.)       (ADJ.  EST.)         (INI. EST.)       (INI. EST.)
     (m/h)             (m/h)               (m/h)             (m~3)
  3.4085E+02       2.3685E+02         3.3417E+02       3.0080E+05
                 ESTIMATED  DISPERSION PARAMETERS
        DISPERSION        PECLET NUMBER        DISPERSIVITY
          (m~2/h)            (DIMEN.)                (m)
        3.1336E+04         8.7018E+01           9.1935E+01
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                     109

-------
TABLE 2.1.2. FINAL ESTIMATED HYDRAULIC FACTORS WITHOUT RETARDATION
                       (NONREACTIVE TRANSPORT)
              ESTIMATED  STATISTICAL TIMES OF TRAVEL
        AVERAGE TIME         TIME VARIANCE        PEAK TIME
             (h)                  (IT 2)                 (h)
         2.3471E+01           1.3812E+02          2.2767E+01
       ESTIMATED TRANSPORT  VELOCITIES AND DISCHARGE VOLUME
             AVE. VELOCITY             PEAK VELOCITY
                 (m/h)                      (m/h)
              3.4085E+02                3.5139E+02
                 ESTIMATED  DISPERSION PARAMETERS
        DISPERSION        PECLET NUMBER        DISPERSIVITY
          (nT2/h)            (DIMEN.)                 (m)
        3.1336E+04         8.7018E+01           9.1935E+01
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                     110

-------
            TABLE 3.1.  FINAL TRACER-MASS ESTIMATE  CALCULATIONS
                     TRACER-MASS ESTIMATES
 TRACER MASS
 (INI. EST.)
      (g)
          TRACER MASS
          (ADJ. EST.)
               (g)
             TRACER MASS
             (REA. EST.)
TRACER MASS
(FIN. EST.)
     (g)
 2.0723E+03

 ERROR CODE =>
          1.0400E+03

              4
                               1.0400E+03

                                    4
           FINAL TRACER-MASS  REDUCTION FACTORS
 SYSTEM VOL.
   (m~3)
         DILUTION VOL.
             (m~3)
             RETARDATION
               (DIMEN.)
     DECAY
     (1/h)
  1.50E+05
           1.50E+05
               l.OOE+00
    O.OOE+00
                     TRACER CONCENTRATIONS
SET CONC.
AVERAGE CONC.
                                               PEAK CONC.
         1.83E+01
                 1.8300E+01
                      1.8505E+01
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                     Ill

-------
                 TABLE  4.1.  ESTIMATED SAMPLING FREQUENCY
                       SAMPLING  TIME INTERVAL
                  EXACT                 CONVENIENT
                  (min)                    (min)
               5.1401E+01                    51.
         RECOMMENDED SAMPLING  TIMES  SINCE TRACER RELEASE
         SAMPLE           EXACT                 CONVENIENT
         NUMBER            (h)                 (h)    (min)
           1          9.9516E+00               9.       57.
           2          1.0808E+01              10.       48.
           3          1.1665E+01              11.       40.
           4          1.2522E+01              12.       31.
           5          1.3378E+01              13.       23.
           6          1.4235E+01              14.       14.
           7          1.5092E+01              15.        5.
           8          1.5948E+01              15.       57.
           9          1.6805E+01              16.       48.
          10          1.7662E+01              17.       40.
          11          1.8518E+01              18.       31.
          12          1.9375E+01              19.       23.
          13          2.0232E+01              20.       14.
          14          2.1088E+01              21.        5.
          15          2.1945E+01              21.       57.
          16          2.2802E+01              22.       48.
          17          2.3658E+01              23.       40.
          18          2.4515E+01              24.       31.
          19          2.5372E+01              25.       22.
          20          2.6228E+01              26.       14.
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                     112

-------
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
2.7085E+01
2.7942E+01
2.8799E+01
2.9655E+01
3.0512E+01
3.1369E+01
3.2225E+01
3.3082E+01
3.3939E+01
3.4795E+01
3.5652E+01
3.6509E+01
3.7365E+01
3.8222E+01
3.9079E+01
3.9935E+01
4.0792E+01
4.1649E+01
4.2505E+01
4.3362E+01
4.4219E+01
4.5075E+01
4.5932E+01
4.6789E+01
4.7645E+01
4.8502E+01
4.9359E+01
5.0215E+01
5.1072E+01
5.1929E+01
5.2786E+01
5.3642E+01
5.4499E+01
5.5356E+01
5.6212E+01
5.7069E+01
5.7926E+01
5.8782E+01
5.9639E+01
27.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
57.
58.
59.
5
57
48
39
31
22
14
5
56
48
39
31
22
13
5
56
48
39
30
22
13
5
56
47
39
30
22
13
4
56
47
39
30
21
13
4
56
47
38
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.

                                        113

-------
60
61
62
63
64
65
6.0496E+01
6.1352E+01
6.2209E+01
6.3066E+01
6.3922E+01
6.4779E+01
60.
61.
62.
63.
63.
64.
30.
21.
13.
4.
55.
47.
 *
 *
 *
 *
 *
CALCULATED TRACER-MASS:
1.040E+00 kg
1.040E+03  g
1.040E+06 mg
*
*
*
*
*
     ERROR CODE

         4
                             DESCRIPTION
            No change  in  sign of  F(X*)  was found although
            the interval  (A,B)  collapsed to the requested
            tolerance.  The  user  must examine this case and
            decide whether A is near a local minimum of F(X*)
            or A is near  a zero of even multiplicity, or
            neither of  these.
 *
 *
 *
 *
 *
RECOMMENDED TRACER-MASS:
1.040E+00 kg
1.040E+03  g
1.040E+06 mg
*
*
*
*
*
    TRACER-TEST DESIGN PROGRAM  RESULTS AS OF:   1/18/2002
                                                 2:39:20:30 pm
Figure 15. Standard-form example output file generated by EHTD from a typical input file
(see Figure 12) continued.
                                     114

-------
6.1.1.5.   Table 1.1. Input Factors.  EHTD prints results in a standardized tabular
form, the first of which is labeled TABLE  1.1  INPUT FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE TRACER-MASS
ESTIMATION (Figure 15, page 106). This table represents a reprise of specific  sampling sta-
tion measured or input data listed in Table 12.

6.1.1.6.   Output Data Units.  The results of a typical data output  file are only in
SI units  (Figure 15,  page 106).  EHTD data output files appear only  with SI units for
convenience and consistency and because SI units represent "better" science.

6.1.1.7.   Table 2.1.1.  Initial Hydraulic Factors.  The next output  table (TABLE
2.1.1.   INITIAL  ESTIMATED HYDRAULIC  FACTORS)  (Figure 15, page 106)  describes  the
initial calculations essential  for developing the preliminary ETC  (see  Figure 5, page 58).
Although mostly self-explanatory, some items do need to be clarified. For example, AVERAGE
TIME is listed twice, once as  an  "initial  estimate" and once as an  "adjusted estimate." The
initial estimate relates directly to the  measured discharge and expected  travel distance.
The adjusted estimate relates to moment analysis of the preliminary ETC, which  has  a
"connecting bar" to the AVERAGE TIME VARIANCE to show that these two are related only
to each other.

6.1.1.8.   Table 2.1.2.  Final Hydraulic Factors.  This table reflects final calculations
developed by EHTD.  Figure 15, page  106 does not show any  significant differences from
Table 2.1.1.  (Figure 15, page 106) because  ' 'NONREACTIVE TRANSPORT''  was specified,  the
result of which  is no retardation effects.

6.1.1.9.   Table 3.1.  Final Tracer Mass Estimate.   Table 3.1. (Figure 15, page 106)
reflects the "initial tracer mass estimate" obtained from the preliminary ETC  (see Figure 5,
page 58), the  "adjusted tracer  mass estimate"  obtained from  the ETC and  developed
according to Equations (54) - (57), the "readjusted tracer mass  estimate" obtained when
OPTIMIZATION is requested, and the "final tracer-mass estimate" resulting from the complete
EHTD processing.  An ERROR CODE is included as appropriate;  its meaning is described at
the end of the output  file.
   This table also lists the "set," "average," and "peak" tracer concentrations (Figure 15,
page 106) associated  with the  data  input file (Figure 12).  Very  rarely will the average
concentration not match the set concentration and the peak concentration not be greater
                                        115

-------
than either the set or the average concentration. Should the average concentration not equal
the set concentration or the peak concentration be less than either the average or the peak
concentrations, a clear error in either data input or EHTD processing is indicated.

6.1.1.10.   Table 4-1-  Estimated Sampling Frequency.   A particularly useful aspect
of EHTD is its  ability to recommend when  the  first sample should be  collected  and an
appropriate sampling frequency thereafter.  This information is reflected  in Table 4.1.
(Figure 15,  page 106) in terms  of  "exact times" (decimal years, decimal weeks, decimal
days, decimal hours,  and decimal minutes)  and "convenient time"  (i.e., 12-hour clock).
This information provides the user with a helpful  file for either programming an automatic
data recorder or for determining when to collect grab samples at a sufficient frequency for
adequately defining the ETC.

6.1.1.11.   Calculated Tracer-Mass.  A  boxed final estimate for tracer mass  in kilo-
grams, grams, and milligrams (Figure 15, page 106) follows Table 4.1. for each sampling
station listed in  the data input file (Figure  12).

6.1.1.12.   Error  Codes.   Following the results of each sampling  station calculation, a
list of error codes (Figure  15, page 106) are reprinted and a basic description of each is
provided. Often these will be fairly insignificant, as is the case shown in Figure 15.

6.1.1.13.   Recommended Tracer-Mass.   Completion of processing of the entire project
(e.g., all  listed sampling files in the data input file, Figure 12) will result in a  summed es-
timate for tracer mass in kilograms, grams, and milligrams. For multiple sampling station
listings in a data input file, the recommended tracer mass may greatly exceed any individual
sampling station, which can be  problematic if subsurface pathways do not connect to all
the listed sampling stations.  In this  latter instance,  it is possible that more tracer than
is desired could  be recovered  at  selected sampling stations although this  is much less of a
problem  than with the conventional conjecture method (see Section 2.1.1.).

6.1.1.14.   Date and  Time of Processing.   EHTD  prints  out the time when EHTD
processed the data input file because the results of EHTD are highly temporal-dependent.
That is,  flows are likely to be higher  in wet  seasons than during dry seasons. To obtain
reasonable results, EHTD should be run soon after basic field measurements are taken and
                                         116

-------
          s
          g
             20
             15
             10
                                            Measured Breakthrough Curve
                                       -A -A - Predicted Breakthrough Curve
                      10
20
30      40
  Time (h)
50
60
70
Figure 16.  Comparison of EHTD-predicted ETC to measured ETC for the Lost River Rise
using a typical input file (see Figure 12).  Note the good prediction for tracer arrival times
developed by EHTD.

EHTD-suggested recommendations implemented shortly thereafter.  Significant errors in
calculations and in implementation are likely to occur if there is a delay in following up on
field measurements.

6.2.   THE QUALITY OF EHTD-PREDICTED RESULTS
A comparison of the EHTD-predicted ETC to the measured ETC for the Lost River Rise
is shown in Figure 16. It will be noted  that  whereas EHTD  predicted  a greater spread
than was actually measured, the estimated times for tracer arrival were very well predicted;
therefore, it is likely that the measured ETC would have been given better definition had
sampling proceeded according to the recommended sampling times (frequency) developed
by EHTD.
   Of particular significance is the estimate for tracer mass  versus the actual  tracer mass
injected.   EHTD recommended approximately twice as much tracer as was actually used
for the project. The excess mass recommendation in this instance reflects the greater-than-
expected longitudinal dispersion calculated by EHTD.
                                         117

-------
   Section 7. contains a detailed examination of how well EHTD functions under a variety
of conditions. It will be noted from Section 7. that EHTD appears to work extremely well
for any the environmental condition or design consideration.

6.3.   EFFECT OF INITIAL CONCENTRATION AND EXPONENTIAL PRO-
      DUCTION
The inclusion of an initial (background) concentration and exponential (growth) production
can greatly influence the shape of the ETC and two final estimated parameters:  average
concentration and  peak concentration. However, the EHTD-suggested tracer mass is not
affected.
   These two additional conditions will generally be most beneficial when used in conjunc-
tion with a user-supplied solute mass (see Section 4.4., page 72)  and EHTD  is used as a
counterterrorism tool (see Section 8.). This may be especially true for exponential produc-
tion for the release of a bacteria if adequate nutrients and respiratory conditions exist.

6.3.1.   Effect of an Initial Concentration
An initial concentration will  cause the ETC to begin at  a concentration that is equal to
the value entered by the user. This effect may or may not be evident depending upon the
initial concentration entered relative to the final peak concentration (see Lines  10 and 11 of
Table 25 and explanation on page 93).

6.3.2.   Effect of Exponential Production
Exponential growth will cause the entire ETC to continue rising even as concentration is
decreasing because of the growth factors included.  This effect may or may not be evident, de-
pending on the  dimensionless exponential production constants (GAMMA 1,  GAMMA2) entered
relative to the final peak concentration (see Lines 10 and 11 of Table 25 and explanation on
page 93).

6.3.3.   Breakthrough Curve Shape
The influence of an initial concentration (Ci =  0.3 |j.g L"1) and exponential production
(71 = 72 = 0.5) (Figure 17) is reflected in Figure  18.     A  comparison of the data listed
in Figure 18 with the data listed in Figure 14 (pages 100-104) shows that ETC time data
and sample time data (columns 1 and 3 of Figures  14 and 18) are identical, but that ETC
                                        118

-------
PROJECT NAME
KARST EXAMPLE  —  LOST RIVER CAVE SYSTEM
FLOW      RELEAS      RTIM (h)       INFLOW  (m~3/h)
1         1           0.0            0.0
     UNITS
     1
STATION NAME
LOST RIVER RISE
DISCHARGE  (m~3/h)
6.408E3
INIT. CONC.  (ug/L)
0.3
RETARDATION
1.0
1
1.0
10.0
DISTANCE (m)
8000.0
GAMMA 1
0.5
DECAY (1/h)
0.0
1
0.0
5.0
AREA (m~
18.8
GAMMA2
0.5
OPTIM
0



2)








SINUOSITY FACTOR
1.0
AVE. CONC.  (ug/L)
18.3
STOP PROCESSING
END OF RUNS
Figure  17.  Example input file with an initial concentration and exponential production
constants.
                                      119

-------
PLOT FILE: LOST RIVER RISE
BREAKTHROUGH
TIME
(h)
.23471
.46941
.70412
.93883
1.1735
1.4082
1.6429
1.8777
2.1124
2.3471
2.5818
2.8165
3.0512
3.2859
3.5206
3.7553
3.9900
4.2247
4.4594
4.6941
4.9288
5.1635
5.3983
5.6330
5.8677
6.1024
6.3371
6.5718
6.8065
7.0412
7.2759
7.5106
7.7453
CURVE
CONG.
(Hg/D
30500
31000
31501
32001
32501
33001
33502
34002
34502
35003
35503
36004
36504
37005
37505
38006
38507
39007
39508
40009
40510
41011
41513
42014
42515
43017
43519
44020
44523
45025
45527
46030
46533
                                          SAMPLE TIMES  AND  CONG.
                                           TIME           CONG.
                                             (h)
                                        9.9516
                                        10.808
                                        11.665
                                        12.522
                                        13.378
                                        14.235
                                        15.092
                                        15.948
                                        16.805
                                        17.662
                                        18.518
                                        19.375
                                        20.232
                                        21.088
                                        21.945
                                        22.802
                                        23.658
                                        24.515
                                        25.372
                                        26.228
                                        27.085
                                        27.942
                                        28.799
                                        29.655
                                        30.512
                                        31.369
                                        32.225
                                        33.082
                                        33.939
                                        34.795
                                        35.652
                                        36.509
                                        37.365
.51277
.53135
.55050
.57332
.61428
.71994
.99791
1.6297
2.8337
4.7708
7.4328
10.582
13.785
16.539
18.415
19.171
18.794
17.461
15.463
13.123
10.729
8.4939
6.5459
4.9405
3.6778
2.7235
 .0271
 .5345
 .1954
.96782
.81845
.72243
.66184
2.
1
1
         Figure 18. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 19.
                                     120

-------
7.9800
8.2147
8 . 4494
8.6841
8.9189
9.1536
9.3883
9.6230
9.8577
10.092
10.327
10.562
10.797
11.031
11.266
11.501
11.735
11.970
12.205
12.439
12.674
12.909
13.144
13.378
13.613
13.848
14.082
14.317
14.552
14.787
15.021
15.256
15.491
15.725
15.960
16.195
16.429
16.664
16.899
.47036
.47539
.48043
. 48547
.49052
.49556
.50062
.50567
.51074
.51581
.52089
.52598
.53109
.53623
.54143
.54671
.55215
.55784
.56396
.57073
.57853
. 58787
.59947
.61428
.63359
.65902
.69260
.73679
.79452
.86919
.96461
1.0850
1 . 2349
1.4189
1.6418
1.9082
2.2224
2 . 5882
3.0085
38.222
39.079
39.935
40.792
41.649
42.505
43.362
44.219
45.075
45.932
46.789
47 . 645
48.502
49.359
50.215
51.072
51.929
52.786
53.642
54.499
55.356
56.212
57.069
57.926
58.782
59.639
60.496
61.352
62.209
63.066
63.922
64.779







.62428
.60136
.58757
.57940
.57461
.57184
.57025
.56936
.56885
.56857
. 56842
.56833
.56829
.56826
.56825
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824







Figure 18. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 19 continued.
                                   121

-------
17.134
17.368
17.603
17.838
18.072
18.307
18.542
18.777
19.011
19.246
19.481
19.715
19.950
20.185
20.419
20.654
20.889
21.124
21.358
21.593
21.828
22.062
22.297
22.532
22.767
23.001
23.236
23.471
23.940
24.409
24.879
25.348
25.818
26.287
26.757
27.226
27.695
28.165
28.634
3 . 4857
4.0208
4.6137
5.2630
5.9659
6.7181
7.5142
8.3473
9.2094
10.091
10.984
11.876
12.757
13.617
14.444
15.230
15.963
16.636
17.241
17.771
18.221
18.587
18.867
19.059
19.163
19.181
19.115
18.967
18.449
17.667
16.674
15.523
14.268
12.958
11.639
10.347
9.1117
7.9558
6.8937
Figure 18. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 19 continued.
                                   122

-------
29.104
29.573
30.042
30.512
30.981
31.451
31.920
32.390
32.859
33.328
33.798
34.267
34.737
35.206
35.675
36.145
36.614
37.084
37.553
38.022
38.492
38.961
39.431
39.900
40.370
40.839
41.308
41.778
42 . 247
42.717
43.186
43.655
44.125
44.594
45.064
45.533
46.002
46 . 472
5.9339
5.0793
4.3287
3.6778
3.1197
2 . 6464
2.2490
1.9185
1 . 6460
1.4232
1 . 2425
1.0970
.98058
.88816
.81521
.75798
.71334
.67871
.65199
.63147
.61579
.60386
.59482
.58801
.58289
.57906
.57621
.57409
.57252
.57136
.57051
.56989
.56943
.56910
.56886
.56868
.56856
. 56847
Figure 18. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 19 continued.
                                   123

-------
46.941
47.411
47 . 880
48.350
48.819
49 . 288
49.758
50.227
50.697
51.166
51.635
52.105
52.574
53.044
53.513
53.983
54.452
54.921
55.391
55.860
56.330
56.799
57.268
57.738
58.207
58.677
59.146
59.615
60.085
60.554
61.024
61.493
61.963
62.432
62.901
63.371
63.840
64.310
64.779
.56840
.56835
.56832
.56830
.56828
.56827
.56826
.56825
.56825
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
.56824
Figure 18. Data file generated by EHTD used to produce Figure 19 continued.
                                   124

-------
          I
           §
                                               TRACER MASS =1.04E+00 kg
                                                	  Breakthrough Curve
                                                    Sampling Times
                                                                   70
Figure 19.  Effect of including an initial concentration and exponential production to the
Lost River Cave System data. Note that the ETC does not begin at zero concentration and
exhibits a gently rising slope prior to initiating a steep rise in response to tracer release.

concentration data and sample concentration data (columns 2 and 4 of Figures 14 and 18)
are very different.
   Using the data listed in Figure 18, Figure  19 depicts the Lost River Cave System with
an Ci = 0.3  |j.g L"1 and exponential production (ji = 72 = 0.5)  applied.  It is evident from
Figure 19 that these conditions have a significant influence on the final ETC when compared
with the conditions of Figure 13, as shown in Figure 20.

6.3.4.  Average and Peak Concentration Estimates
The general output file (Figure 15) will be slightly altered when an initial  concentration
and/or exponential production are supplied in an input file to  specifically reflect changes in
the estimated C and Cp.  Providing an initial concentration and/or exponential production
will cause the bottom of EHTD-produced Table 3.1 to be altered to appear as Figure 21
(see Figure 15 on page 111 for comparison). In addition to producing a modified Table 3.1,
EHTD will  also produce a Table 5.1 immediately  after Table 4.1.  The  EHTD-produced
Table 5.1 will provide an estimate of C and Cp (Figure 22).
                                         125

-------
             20
             15
             10
                                             Q Q   Measured Data
                                           _A-A -  No Additional Conditions
                                           _	  Additional Conditions
                       10
20
30      40
  Time (h)
50
60
70
Figure 20. Comparison of the effect of including an initial concentration and exponential
production to the Lost  River Cave System data.  The label No Additional  Conditions
indicates just the tracer release data and the label Additional  Conditions indicates that
an initial concentration and exponential  production are included with the tracer release
data.
                                          126

-------
               FINAL TRACER-MASS REDUCTION FACTORS
 SYSTEM VOL.       DILUTION VOL.       RETARDATION           DECAY
   (nT3)              (nT3)              (DIMEN.)
  1.50E+05           1.50E+05            l.OOE+00            O.OOE+00
                      TRACER CONCENTRATIONS
         SET  CONC.        AVERAGE CONG.         PEAK CONG.
         1.83E+01          1.8300E+01*          1.8505E+01*


       *PRELIMINARY  ESTIMATES FOR AVERAGE CONC.  AND PEAK CONC.
        SEE REVISED  ESTIMATES LISTED IN TABLE  5.1.
Figure 21. Modified EHTD-produced portion of Table 3.1 to reflect influence of an initial
concentration and/or exponential production.
         *** TABLE 5.1.  REVISED TRACER CONCENTRATIONS  ***

         SET CONC.          AVERAGE CONC.         PEAK CONC.
         1.83E+01            1.8967E+01           1.9181E+01
Figure 22. Example EHTD-produced Table 5.1 to reflect influence of an initial concentration
and/or exponential production.
                                      127

-------
         7.  TRACER TEST DESIGN EXAMINATION DATA SETS

   Several  hydrological tracer tests representing various environmental and design condi-
tions are listed in Table 26.  The results of each of the measured eight tracer tests were

                	Table 26. Example test data sets.	
                 Test Name                     Test Type
                                  Flowing Stream
                 Uvas Creek                  Small Creek
                 Missouri River               Large River
                 Dyers Spring                 Solution Conduit
                 Variegated Glacier            Meltwater Channel
                                   Porous Media
                 Test Site Wilerwald           Natural Gradient
                 Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen Site  Forced Gradient
                 Mobile Site                  Injection Withdrawal
                 Chalk River                  Recirculation
compared with forecasted results. For purposes of the type of analysis, flow through a so-
lution conduit and glacial-melt water channel are listed under the flowing stream category
along with small surface-water creeks and large rivers.  This is because flow through a so-
lution conduit behaves more like surface-water flow than porous media flow even though
flow through solution conduits is correctly classed as ground-water flow.  Prediction of flow
through solution conduits and glacial-meltwater channels requires treatment similar to that
of surface-water flow.

7.1.  FLOWING STREAMS
Two surface-water streams representing small  and large flows  were examined to evaluate
the effect of extreme flow discharge ranges on prediction capabilities. Uvas Creek is a small
stream that was traced in the mid 1970s. The Missouri River is a large river that was traced
in the mid 1960s. Dyers Spring was chosen as a representative tracer test through a solution
conduit to a potable-water spring. All  three tracer tests were conducted and analyzed by
the U.S. Geological Survey.  A glacial-meltwater channel (Variegated Glacier) was also listed
as a flowing stream because water flow through glacial meltwater channels behaves similarly
to flow in surface-water streams.

                                        128

-------
7.1.1.   Small Creek
Uvas Creek was traced in  1976 using a steady 3-hour injection of 1068 g of chloride in
late summer during a low flow period (Bencala and Walters, 1983; Zand et al., 1976). The
emphasis of the tracing  test was to investigate the  mass transport  processes in a small
stream. The experimental study was limited to a 610 m reach, with widths ranging from
0.3 to  4 m. Flow rate at the time of the study  was 45.0 m3 h"1.   Tracer concentration
measurements were taken at selected reaches where measured flow rates varied slightly from
45.0 m3 h"1. For this evaluation, tracer recovery at reach 281 m was used. The channel was
composed of a rough bed with alternating pools and riffles and a steep slope (0.03 m m"1).

7.1.2.   Large River
The  Missouri  River was traced along a  243  km reach between  Sioux City,  Iowa and
Plattsmouth, Nebraska, in  1967.  The purpose of the tracer test was to obtain sufficient
data to simultaneously define axial dispersion, transverse  mixing, cross-sectional geometry,
and transverse velocity distribution.  Approximately  54 kg of Rhodamine  WT  (C.I. Acid
Red  388) were injected as  a line source extending across the middle half of the channel
(Yotsukura et  al., 1970, pp. G3-G5).
   Sampling stations were  located in a manner such that cross-sectional  areas could  be
divided into four increments with approximately equal discharges. Discharge measurements
were taken at the four cross-sections by the current meter method.  Sampling frequency
varied from 15 minutes to 2 hours, depending on the expected rate of change of concentration
(Yotsukura et  al., 1970, pp. G5-G6).

7.1.3.   Solution Conduit
Dyers Spring is a blue-hole  rise pit that connects an impenetrable solution-conduit system
with a  nearby karst window developed in the St. Louis Limestone. It is an important water-
supply spring  in  Elizabethtown, Kentucky (Mull and  Lyverse, 1984, p. 21).   Limestone
is  exposed  at  the bottom of the karst window, where  a stream reportedly  flows into a
swallet.  No other external drainage has  been observed,  so  all  water  entering the karst
window eventually drains into the swallet (Mull et al., 1988b, p. 58).
   Several tracer tests to Dyers Spring using the karst window were performed by the U.S.
Geological Survey with varying degrees of  tracer mass recovery (Mull et al., 1988b, p. 71).
The primary intent of the tracer tests was to assess the solute transport processes operative
                                        129

-------
in the system.  Recoveries ranged from 54 to 172%, which is  probably a function of flow
conditions when the tracer tests were undertaken and discharge measurement errors.
   The Dyers Spring tracer test considered here consisted of an impulse injection of 3.57 g
of Rhodamine WT, which resulted in 63% mass recovery. Errors in discharge estimation,
Rhodamine WT deaminoalkylation (Kafi, 1998, pp. 33-35), and/or isomer-specific sorption
(Sutton et al., 2001) may have partially affected tracer-mass recovery estimates. Moderate-
flow conditions (Mull et al., 1988b, pp. 25, 69)  may also have caused unknown tributary
flow to or from the solution conduit and a consequent reduced tracer mass recovery (Field
and Nash, 1997).

7.1.4.  Meltwater Channel
A tracer test was conducted in 1983  at Variegated Glacier in southeastern Alaska immedi-
ately post-glacial surge, when meltwater discharge from the glacier increased greatly.  An
approximately 5.2 kg pulse (£2 =  10 minutes) of Rhodamine WT was injected through a
borehole at the base of the glacier (Brugman, 1987, p. 93) and recovered at Lower Stream,
10 km downstream. Hot water was injected into the borehole prior to dye injection to en-
sure good hydraulic connection with the basal water system (Brugman,  1987, pp. 91-91).
Discrete samples were collected at the glacier terminus. Sample-collection frequency was
initially set at 40 minutes but was lengthened after 8 hours (Brugman, 1987, p. 93).

7.2.  POROUS MEDIA
Tracer tests are commonly conducted in porous media aquifers in a variety of forms. These
tracer tests rarely include natural-gradient tracer tests because of the typically long travel
times involved.  To increase the rate of transport,  forced-gradient  tracer tests, injection-
withdrawal tracer tests, and  recirculation tracer tests are often employed. Table 26 lists
four tracer tests representing  each of these types of tracer tests.

7.2.1.  Natural-Gradient  Tracer Test
Natural-gradient  tracer  tests  in porous media are difficult  and generally aggravating to
implement because of the design information required and the very long tracer transport
times involved.  Even so, natural-gradient tracer tests are desirable because the flow field
is not distorted, as occurs with forced-gradient tracer tests. Test Site Wilerwald, located
northeast of Berne, Switzerland, in the Swiss Central Plateau, was established to evaluate
                                         130

-------
solute transport processes in a porous media aquifer. The aquifer is in the Emme Valley and
consists of postglacial Holocene sandy gravels that vary in thickness from a few meters to
88 m with ground-water depths that vary from 0.5 to 3 m (Leibundgut, 1992, pp. 230-231).
   In September, 1985, 1 kg of sodium fluorescein (C.I. Acid Yellow 73) dissolved in 90 L
of water was released over a one hour period into an injection well.  Sampling commenced
almost immediately and continued for 24 weeks at several downgradient wells. The furthest
well sampled for tracer from the injection well was approximately 200 m to the northwest
(Leibundgut and De Carvalho Dill, 1992, pp.  232-233).  The basic transport parameters
used to describe the aquifer consisted of a hydraulic conductivity K = 8.64 m h"1, aquifer
thickness b =  10 m, effective porosity ne = 12 — 17%, and hydraulic gradient i = 0.4%
(Maloszewski et  al., 1992b, p. 239).

7.2.2.   Forced-Gradient Tracer Test
A tracer and aquifer test were simultaneously conducted over a period of several  months at
the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen area within the Iller Valley in Germany. Alpine Rhine glacial
materials consisting of well-rounded,  stratified, fine to coarse gravel with intercalated sand
fractions make up the valley aquifer.  The extraction well was pumped at a rate of 1368
m3 h"1. During the pumping  test, 3 kg  of sodium fluorescein were released immediately
into an observation well situated 585 m  from the extraction well. Initial tracer recovery
occurred at the extraction well within about 3 days and continued for more than 100 days
(Kafi, 1998, pp. 515-516). The pump test yielded a transmissivity of 1019 m2 h"1 (K = 116
m h"1) and specific yield = 0.14,  which was taken to be the same as effective porosity (Kafi,
1998, pp. 515-516) for this evaluation.

7.2.3.   Injection-Withdrawal Tracer Test
An injection withdrawal two-well tracer test consists  of injecting water containing tracer
into an injection well and withdrawing water from an extraction  well at an equal rate so
that equilibrium may be established.  Such a test was conducted  in a soil borrow area at
the Barry Steam Plant of the Alabama Power Company near Mobile, Alabama, in the late
summer of 1984.  The surface is composed of Quaternary-age, low-terrace deposits consisting
of interbedded sands and clays down to a depth of 61 m. Below these deposits a Miocene
series  of undifferentiated sands, silty clays, and thin-bedded limestones extend to a depth
of 305 m (Molz et al., 1986a, p. 38).
                                        131

-------
   At  the  Mobile site bromide was injected into a well over a period of 3.19  days.  The
entire  tracer test  lasted 32.5 days  (Molz et  al., 1986b).   The injection  and withdrawal
wells, separated by a distance of 38.3 m, were operated continuously at 57 m3 h"1 (Molz
et al., 1986a, p. 55) to cause steady-state conditions between the injection-withdrawal wells.
Details of the test are described in Molz et al. (1986b) and Molz et al. (1986a, pp. 52-60,
71).

7.2.4.   Recirculation
A two-well recirculation tracer test is the same as an injection/withdrawal tracer test except
that the extracted water is recirculated back into the injection well.  Such a  tracer test
was  conducted at the Chalk River site.  The  basic tracer test design parameters for  a
recirculation tracer test conducted at the Chalk River site are listed in  Huyakorn et al.
(1986)  and described in detail in Pickens and Grisak (1981). Two glaciofluvial sand aquifers
are separated by a 1 m layer of silty clay, which was taken as the bottom confining layer
for the aquifer being traced. This sand aquifer is 8.2 m thick and is  confined above by  a
17 cm-thick silty-clay layer. Aquifer tests at the site resulted in a K that ranged from 720
to 7200 m h"1, but a single-well tracer test suggests K  = 5040 m h"1 (Pickens and Grisak,
1981).
   The recirculation  tracer test consisted of two wells 8  m apart that were operated at
a flow  rate of 1.62 m3 h"1.  Tracer was injected for a  period of 3.22  days with an initial
concentration of 4.1 x 10~3 |J,g L"1 (Huyakorn et al., 1986), which translates into a tracer
mass of 521 |j,g.

7.3.   TRACER-TEST DESIGN RESULTS
The eight  tracer tests listed  in Table  26 were used to test  EHTD.  Because  these tests
represent  a range  of  tracer  test  types, the robustness  of  EHTD  could  be  examined.
Simulations using these eight data sets consisted of using only those measured or estimated
field parameters necessary for application of EHTD while excluding specific tracer test-
determined parameters.  Set average tracer concentration C and possible tracer reactions,
tracer  retardation Rd  and tracer  decay /j, were adjustable parameters so that measured
peak tracer concentration Cp and  measured tracer mass  M could be matched.   Normal
use of  EHTD to predict tracer test results prior to test implementation would not require
adjustment to match Cp or M except as may be desired.
                                         132

-------
              Table 27. Required flowing stream tracer test design specifics.
Parameter
Q,
L,
A,
i2,
tv,
Ly ,
Ly j
m3h-l
m
m2
h
m3
M-gL"1
HgL-1
Uvas Creek
4.79 x
2.81 x
3.60 x
3.00 x

3.12 x
3.19 x
101
102
lo-1
10°

103
103
Missouri
3.47
2.43
5.23


1.62
1.62
x
x
X


X
X
River
106
105
102


10°
10°
Dyers
1.16
9.14
1.84


4.14
4.12
Spring Variegated Glacier
x
x
x


x
x
102
102
10°


10°
10°
1.44
1.00
6.15
1.67

3.69
1.94
x 105
x 104
x 101
x ID'1

x 101
x 101
     a Average tracer concentration for nonreactive tracer transport.
     b Average tracer concentration for reactive tracer transport.
7.3.1.  Flowing Streams Results
Flowing stream tracer tests make up the first four tracer tests listed in Table 26. These
four tests include small and large surface-water streams, karst solution conduit, and glacial-
meltwater stream. The parameters required for EHTD simulation for these tests are listed
in Table 27.  EHTD  simulation of flowing streams requires only measurement or estimates
for discharge Q, longitudinal distance L, cross-sectional area A, tracer release mode £2, and
set average tracer concentration C.  Two listings for C appear in Table 27 because n may
cause the predicted Cp to fall below the measured Cp that occurs with no tracer decay.  Of
the four tracer tests listed in Table 27, a slightly decreased Cp was a problem only for the
Uvas  Creek tracer test.
   Hydraulic results of the EHTD-predicted BTCs for the four flowing stream tracer tests
are compared with the actual ETC results  in Table 28.    Tracer injection specifics are
listed in Table  29  and include consideration tracer mass, injection concentration d, pulse
injection volume ty,  injection rate q, flow system volume V, and dilution volume Dy, which
represents the combined effect of the injection flow rate q with discharge Q.

7.3.1.1.   Uvas  Creek  Tracer Test.  The tracer test  conducted at Uvas  Creek was
chosen as a test case to evaluate the ability of EHTD to predict tracer tests results in very
small streams when t2 is large. For instances where t2 > t, Yu et  al.  (1999) recommend the
ETC  be solved for a Heaviside condition up to Cp of the ETC. For the Uvas Creek injection,
t2 was 3.00 hours  (Table 27),  but  tracer recovery occurred within several minutes  at reach

                                         133

-------
    Table 28. EHTD-predicted BTCs versus measured BTCs for the flowing stream tracer tests.
Data Seta'b t, hours
tp, hours
v, m h l
D, m2 h-1
Pe, dirnen.
ti, hours
tf, hours
Uvas Creek Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
2.11 x
2.11 x
2.11 x
10°
10°
10°
4.33 x
4.03 x
4.03 x
10°
10°
10°
1.33 x 102
1.33 x 102
1.33 x 102
8.64 x 102
4.52 x 102
4.52 x 102
4.33 x
8.26 x
8.26 x
101
102
102
5.33 x 10-1
7.56 x 1Q-1
7.63 x 10-1
1.67 x
1.36 x
1.34 x
lo-1
lo-1
lo-1
Missouri River Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
4.20 x
3.66 x
3.66 x
101
101
101
4.00 x
3.59 x
3.59 x
101
101
101
5.78 x 103
6.62 x 103
6.62 x 103
5.35 x 106
1.90 x 107
1.90 x 107
2.62 x
8.46 x
8.46 x
102
101
101
3.40 x 101
1.53 x 101
1.73 x 101
1.00 x
1.29 x
1.46 x
10°
10°
10°
Dyers Spring Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
1.72 x
1.45 x
1.45 x
101
101
101
1.45 x
1.42 x
1.41 x
101
101
101
5.38 x 101
6.32 x 101
6.32 x 101
3.28 x 102
6.61 x 102
6.61 x 102
Variegated Glacier Tracer
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
5.00 x
4.27 x
4.27 x
10°
10°
10°
4.30 x
4.23 x
3.59 x
10°
10°
10°
2.00 x 103
2.34 x 103
2.34 x 103
2.09 x 105
3.58 x 105
3.58 x 105
1.50 x
8.73x
8.73x
Test
9.57 x
6.55 x
6.55 x
102
101
101

101
101
101
1.15 x 101
6.22 x 10°
6.39 x 10°

1.90 x 10°
1.53 x 10°
1.76 x 10°
5.00 x
5.09 x
5.32 x

7.00 x
1.93 x
1.80 x
lo-1
lo-1
lo-1

lo-1
lo-1
lo-1
a EHTD-N = nonreactive tracer test results. EHTD-R = reactive tracer test results.
b Reactive results are listed as though no tracer reactions have occurred.

-------
CO
Oi
                     Table 29. EHTD-predicted results versus measured results for the flowing stream tracer tests.
                 Data Seta
M, g
I
^p,
                                                                -i
                                                                           m
/, m h
V, m3
                                                                                                                   m

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

1.
8.
1.

5.
7.
8.

3.
2.
3.

5.
9.
5.

07
97
07

44
88
91

57
63
56

24
76
23

X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

103
102
103

104
104
104

10°
10°
10°

106
103
106
Uvas Creek Tracer Test
6.25 x 103
6.24 x 103 6.24 x 103 1.44 x 102 4.79 x 101
6.255 x 103 6.25 x 103 1.70 x 102 5.68 x 101
Missouri River Tracer Test
1.64x10°
1.64x10°
1.64x10°
Dyers Spring Tracer Test
4.19 x 10°
4.19 x 10°
4.19x10°
Variegated Glacier Tracer Test
2.38 x 1011 3.70 x 101 2.20 x 10~2 1.32 x 10'1
4.43 x 108 3.70 x 101 2.20 x 10~2 1.32 x 10'1
2.37xlOn 3.72 x 101 2.20 x 10~2 1.32 x 10'1

1.
1.
1.

1.
1.
1.

2.
1.
1.

7.
6.
7.

.01
.01
.01

.46
.27
.44

.00
.68
.77

.20
.15
.69

x
x
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X

102
102
102

10s
10s
10s

103
103
103

105
105
105


1.01 x
1.01 x


1.27 x
1.44 x


1.68 x
1.77 x


6.15 x
7.69 x


102
102


108
108


103
103


105
105
                    EHTD-N = nonreactive tracer test results. EHTD-R = reactive tracer test results.

-------
          o>
                                                     Measured Data
                                                  —  NonReactive Transport
                                              —H-g.-  Reactive Transport
              2 -
                                                              O O -Q
                                        15      20
                                        Time (h)
25
30
Figure 23.  Comparison of measured data for the Uvas Creek site tracer test with EHTD-
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport.  For reactive transport, Rd =  1.0
and n = 0.08 h~l.

281 (281 m from injection site) and f was 2.11 hours (Table 28).
   Reach 281 was chosen to evaluate EHTD because the short travel distance coupled with
the relatively long t2 caused a plateau in the ETC  (Figure 23). Setting C =  3.12 mg L"1
for nonreactive transport (Table 27) resulted in an almost exact fit visually of the EHTD-
predicted results to the actual ETC, but the EHTD-predicted tracer mass was slightly less
than that injected during the actual tracer  test (Figure 23). Setting C = 3.19 mg L"1 and
H = 0.08 h"1 for reactive transport also resulted in a nearly exact fit visually of the EHTD-
predicted results to  the actual ETC while matching the  injected tracer mass  (Figure 23).
Only the measured long ETC tail was not predicted by EHTD. Both the nonreactive and the
reactive EHTD-predicted ETC plateaus match the measured ETC plateau. Accounting for
IJL = 0.08 h"1 had no measurable effect on the ETC or the estimated transport parameters.
EHTD substantially underestimated D  (Table  28), but  any adverse effects appear to be
insignificant because EHTD-recommended sampling times were  appropriate for defining the
ETC.
   EHTD-generated BTCs for both nonreactive and reactive tracer tests predicted the
                                          136

-------
measured ETC in the  sense that the initial sample collection time and sample collection
frequency recommended by EHTD would have resulted in an accurate depiction of the actual
ETC. The occurrence of the long tail may or may not have been detected, depending on
whether sample collection continued after  11 hours.
   The Uvas Creek travel times listed in Table 28 show average travel time t to be less
than the time to  peak  concentration tp (t < tp), which appears contrary to typical tracer
tests, where t > tp. The greater tp for the Uvas Creek tracer test is an artifact of the long
ti relative to actual tracer travel times. It  should be noted that the measured f and v were
obtained from Q/A and related to L in Bencala and Walters (1983) is the same method used
by EHTD (Field, 2002c), which explains the exact  match by  the EHTD-estimated t and
v.  Breakthrough-curve analysis using QTRACER (Field, 2002b), modified to account for
short-pulse releases (Wolff et al., 1979) and long-pulse releases (Sardin et al., 1991), resulted
in a t = 2.08 hours and v = 135 m h"1 which quite reasonably match the measured results.
However,  QTRACER estimated D = 542 m2 h"1, which is midway between the measured
D and the EHTD-estimated D.
   Because  a relatively insignificant amount of tracer was added directly to the stream
water, Dv = V for both the measured and the EHTD-predicted results (Table 29).   The
exact match for both of the EHTD-predicted volumes with the measured V was surprising
and is not expected to  occur in other similar instances.

7.3.1.2.   Missouri River Tracer Test.   Flow in streams similar to the Missouri River
is difficult to assess  due to  sheer  size.  The Missouri  River  tracer test used to evaluate
EHTD probably represents the simplest case tested here because an  impulse release  of a
large  quantity of tracer was recovered sufficiently far from  the  injection  point (243  km)
as to not be adversely  influenced by the actual injection. Figure 24  shows the results of
the  Missouri River tracer test.  The nonreactive case adequately represents the results of
the  Missouri River tracer test, although the measured ETC was not ideally realized by the
EHTD prediction because the nonreactive tracer test still suggested appropriate sampling
times that would result in detection of the ETC.  In addition, somewhat more tracer than
was required was recommended by EHTD (Table 28)  — a result of overestimating dispersion
for such a simple  flow system.
   The reactive case allowed for a match of the measured ETC  peak, but  EHTD  then
recommended 1.5x more tracer than was actually needed. EHTD-estimated f = 36.6 hours
and v =  6623 m h"1 reasonably matched the  measured values, but  required Rd  =  1.13

                                         137

-------
             1.5
             0.5
              Q Q   Measured Data
            _A-A —  NonReactive Transport
                . _  Reactive Transport
                        20
40
  60
Time (h)
                                                  80
                          100
                            120
Figure 24.  Comparison of measured data for the Missouri River tracer test with EHTD-
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport. For reactive transport, Rd = 1.13
and n = 0.0 h'1.

to obtain a better match to the measured ETC and tracer mass injected.  The EHTD-
estimated D = 1.90 x 107 m2 h"1 is clearly overestimated (Table 28), but this inaccuracy
would not appear to adversely affect the tracer test because the measured ETC would have
been defined if the EHTD-recommended sampling schedules were implemented.
   As with the Uvas Creek tracer test, a relatively insignificant amount of tracer was added
directly to the stream water, resulting in  Dy = V for both of the EHTD-predicted results
(Table 29). Interestingly, although the EHTD-predicted V and Dy reasonably approximated
the measured V, the EHTD-predicted V and Dv for the reactive case very nearly matches
the measured V.

7.3.1.3.  Dyers Spring  Tracer  Test.   Ground-water flow and solute transport through
solution conduits are commonly assessed by  conducting  quantitative tracer tests because
conventional methods, such as pumping tests,  are generally insufficient for adequately
defining hydraulic parameters. Designing quantitative tracer tests in previously  untraced
karstic terranes can be very difficult.  Typically, a trial-and-error approach that  relies  on
                                          138

-------
              4 -
              3 -
          s
          g
      Measured Data
   —  NonReactive Transport
|T]-fT._  Reactive Transport
              Od
Figure 25.  Comparison of measured  data for the Dyers Spring tracer test with EHTD-
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport.  For reactive transport, Rd = 1.05
and n = 0.018 h~l.

more common qualitative tracer tests and past professional experience are used as a means
for designing a quantitative tracer test (Mull et al., 1988a, pp. 26, 28).
   Measured Cp at Dyers Spring occurred later than the nonreactive EHTD-predicted
results when A is estimated  from peak velocity vp  (Figure  25).  No prior estimates for
the Dyers Spring A  coupled with the  measured  Q were available. Typically, conduit A  is
estimated using v calculated from the ETC, but the  long ETC tails associated with Dyers
Spring (Mull et al., 1988a, p. 69) as a result of immobile flow regions tends to skew v  (Field
and Finsky, 2000). The long tails for the measured BTCs adversely affect the v calculation
by inferring slower transport,  which results in a smaller calculated cross-sectional area and
consequently causes  a later tracer breakthrough (Field,  2002c). Substituting vp for v results
in an earlier tracer breakthrough than that of the measured recovery, which suggests that
vp and v bracket the true velocity, as was shown to be the case by Field and  Pinsky (2000).
   Allowing for tracer retardation Rd = 1.05 and tracer decay p, = 0.018 h"1  results in a
ETC that adequately matches the measured ETC and a tracer-mass estimate that matches
the actual tracer mass released  (Table 29). Although the measured Cp was missed by the
                                          139

-------
             40 -
             30 -
          s
          g
                                             Q Q— Measured Data
                                            _A-A - NonReactive Transport
                                            —H-H. . Reactive Transport
                                                  10
15
                                        Time (h)
Figure 26. Comparison of measured data for the Variegated Glacier tracer test with EHTD-
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport. For reactive transport, Rd = 1.25
and n = 1.595 h~l.

EHTD-predicted nonreactive results, EHTD was successful in that both nonreactive and
reactive estimates  for tracer mass were adequate and the suggested sampling times would
approximate the measured ETC. Using the larger estimate for cross-sectional area obtained
from v would also have been successful  in that the suggested sampling times  would have
produced the measured ETC when the tracer test was implemented.
   Again, a relatively insignificant amount of tracer was added directly to the stream water
at the bottom of the karst window, causing Dy = V for both the EHTD-predicted results
(Table 29).   Neither of the predictions  for  V by EHTD matched  the measured V, but
the approximations may be regarded as sufficiently close to the measured  value  for V to
adequately represent the tracer test.

7.3.1.4.   Variegated Glacier  Tracer Test.  Tracer testing is commonly used  to define
the hydraulic parameters associated with glacial outflows.  The Variegated Glacier  post-
surge tracer test ETC was very reasonably approximated by EHTD for both  nonreactive
and reactive considerations (Figure 26). The EHTD-predicted hydraulic parameters t = 4.27
                                         140

-------
hours, tp = 4.23 hours, v = 2342mb-1, D = 3.58xl05 m2 tr^andPe = 65.5 are close to the
approximations obtained from the measured  ETC. However, the EHTD prediction for the
nonreactive case resulted in an earlier tracer breakthrough than that of the measured result
(Table 28) and underestimated tracer mass by nearly three orders of magnitude (Table 29).
Increasing tracer mass using EHTD required considerable  tracer loss (// = 1.595 h"1) and
some retardation (Rd = 1.25).
   Accounting for retardation causes a slight shift in the EHTD-predicted ETC, allowing for
a reasonable match with the measured ETC.  Other than the inadequate estimate for tracer
mass for the nonreactive case, the EHTD-predicted results for the Variegated Glacier tracer
test were sufficient for defining the ETC. Prior knowledge  of the nature of glacial outflows
and the tracer used (Rhodamine WT for  this tracer test)  should allow for an approximation
of the appropriate estimates to use for tracer decay and retardation.
   For the Variegated Glacier tracer test, a relatively insignificant amount of tracer was
added directly to the stream water as a small, short-duration pulse with the effect resulting
in Dv = V for both of the EHTD-predicted results (Table 29).   The  EHTD-predicted
volumes  bracket the measured value for  V, suggesting that the EHTD-predicted volumes
are reasonable, especially for the reactive case.

7.3.2.   Porous Media Results
The  second set of the four  tracer tests listed in Table 26 represents a typical range of tests
conducted  in porous media aquifers.  The tests included a natural-gradient tracer test, a
forced-gradient tracer test, an injection/withdrawal tracer test, and  a recirculation tracer
test. EHTD prediction of tracer test results in porous media requires more measured and/or
estimated parameters than is required for flowing streams. The parameters necessary for
EHTD simulation of porous media systems are listed in Table 30.  For porous media aquifers,
EHTD requires  measurements  or estimates  for  Q, L, effective porosity ne, thickness  6,
transverse spread T, t2, and C. For all but natural-gradient tracer tests, EHTD estimates T
(Field, 2002a). As with the flowing stream tracer tests, two listings for C appear in Table 30.
Tracer decay tends to cause  predicted Cp to fall below the predicted Cp that occurs with
no tracer decay  and the measured Cp unless specific  adjustments  (e.g.,  increased  C) are
incorporated.  Decreases in Cp was a problem in each of the four porous media tracer tests
listed in  Table 30.
   Hydraulic results of the EHTD-predicted BTCs for the four porous media tracer tests
are compared with the actual ETC results in  Table 31.  Tracer injection specifics are listed

                                         141

-------
         Table 30.  Required porous media tracer test design specifics.
Parameter Test Site Wilerwald Kirchdorf Sitea Mobile Sitea
Q, m3 tr1
L, m
n
b, m
T, m
*2, h
tv, m3
C^ n-g L"1
~CC UE L"1
2.59 x IO1
2.00 x IO2
1.50 x 1Q-1
1.00 x IO1
7.50 x IO1
1.00 x 10°
9.00 x 10~2
3.10 x 10°
1.84 x 10°
1.37 x IO3
5.85 x IO2
1.40 x 1Q-1
8.80 x 10°



2.71 x 10°
2.66 x 10°
5.69 x IO1
3.83 x IO1
3.50 x ID'1
2.16 x IO1

7.66 x IO1
5.69 x IO1
9.80 x IO3
1.09 x IO4
Chalk Rivera
1.62 x 10°
8.00 x 10°
3.80 x ID'1
8.20 x 10°

7.73 x IO1
1.62 x 10°
3.06 x IO-4
3.64 x 1Q-4
a Transverse tracer spread not estimated for forced-gradient tracer tests.
b Average tracer concentration for nonreactive tracer transport.
c Average tracer concentration for reactive tracer transport.
                                        142

-------
                       Table 31.  EHTD-Predicted BTCs versus measured BTCs for the porous media tracer tests.
CO
Data Seta>b t, hours

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

5.38 x
8.68 x
8.68 x

102
102
102
tp, hours

1.50 x
8.20x
6.90 x

102
102
102
v , m h l D, m2 h l
Wilerwald Tracer Test
3.47 x ID"1 5.76 x 10°
2.30 x 1Q-1 1.46 x 10°
2.30 x 1Q-1 1.46 x 10°
Kirchdorf- Unteropfingen Tracer
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
5.62 x
9.68 x
9.68 x

3.60 x
2.04 x
2.04 x
102
102
102

102
102
102
4.06 x
9.00 x
8.91 x

2.10 x
2.30x
2.08 x
102
102
102

102
102
102
5.22 x ID'1 3.82 x 101
6.04 xlQ-1 1.23X101
6.04 xlQ-1 1.23X101
Mobile Site Tracer Test
1.24X1Q-1 3.77X1Q-1
1.88 x 10"1 2.97 x 10"1
1.88 x ID"1 2.97 x 10"1
Pe, dimen.

1.21 x
3.16 x
3.16 x
Test
8.00 x
2.86 x
2.86 x

1.80 x
2.42 x
2.42 x

101
101
101

10°
101
101

101
101
101
ti, hours

3.00 x
1.22 x
1.23 x

6.00 x
1.89 x
1.89 x

6.30 x
3.82 x
4.18 x

101
102
102

101
102
102

101
101
101
tf, hours

3.00 x
6.10 x
4.41 x

2.00 x
4.24 x
4.24 x

5.00 x
1.91 x
2.09 x

101
101
101

101
101
101

10°
101
101
Chalk River Site Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
1.26 x
1.29 x
1.29 x
102
102
102
1.80 x
7.74 x
1.68 x
102
102
102
6.36 x 10~2 1.04 x 10~2
6.21 x 10~2 2.46 x 10~2
6.21 x 10~2 2.46 x 10~2
4.90 x
2.02 x
2.02 x
101
101
101
8.40 x
2.42 x
2.67 x
101
101
101
1.80 x
1.21 x
1.34 x
101
101
101
                   a EHTD-N = nonreactive tracer test results. EHTD-R = reactive tracer test results.
                   b Reactive results are listed as though no tracer reactions have occurred.

-------
     Table 32. EHTD-predicted results versus measured results for the porous media tracer tests.
Data Seta
M, g
IG, M-g
                                  -i
C,
                                                           m
q, m3 h
                                                                        3 L,-l
V, m3
A/,m3
Test Site Wilerwald Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
1.00
4.36
1.00
x
x
X
IO3
IO1
IO3
1.11 x
4.83 x
1.12 x
IO4 3.20 x 10° 9.00 x 10~2
IO5 3.20 x 10° 9.00 x 10~2
IO7 3.20 x 10° 9.00 x 10~2
9.00 x
9.00 x
9.00 x
io-2
io-2
io-2
9.43 x
2.25 x
2.25 x
IO4
IO4
IO4

2.26 x
2.26 x

IO4
IO4
Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen Tracer Test
Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R

Measured
EHTD-N
EHTD-R
3.00
2.34
3.01

7.42
1.89
7.45

5.21
1.54
5.21
X
X
X

X
X
X

X
X
X
IO3
IO3
IO3

IO5
IO5
IO5

10~4
10~4
10~4




1.69 x
4.34 x
1.71 x

4.10 x
1.23 x
4.17 x
2.80 x 10°
2.80 x 10°
2.81x10°
Mobile Site Tracer Test
IO5 2.20 x IO4 4.36 x IO3
IO4 2.20 x IO4 4.36 x IO3
IO5 2.19 x IO4 4.36 x IO3
Chalk River Site Tracer Test
10~3 8.32 x 10~4 1.25 x IO2
10~3 8.33 x 10~4 1.25 x IO2
10~3 8.34 x 10~4 1.25 x IO2




5.69 x
5.69 x
5.69 x

1.62 x
1.62 x
1.62 x




IO1
IO1
IO1

10°
10°
10°
7.70x
1.32 x
1.33 x

2.05 x
1.16 x
1.28 x

2.04 x
2.09 x
2.30 x
IO5
IO6
IO6

IO4
IO4
IO4

IO2
IO2
IO2

1.32 x
1.33 x


2.32 x
2.56 x


4.18 x
4.59 x

IO6
IO6


IO4
IO4


IO2
IO2
  EHTD-N = nonreactive tracer test results. EHTD-R = reactive tracer test results.

-------
          S   2
          g
                                              O Q—  Measured Data
                                             _A-A -  NonReactive Transport
                                             —H-H. -  Reactive Transport
                              50
    100
Time (d)
150
Figure 27.  Comparison of measured data for the Test Site Wilerwald tracer test with EHTD
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport.  For reactive transport, Rd = 1.80
and n = 0.0044 h~l.

in Table 32.

7.3.2.1.   Test Site  Wilerwald Tracer Test.   Natural-gradient tracer tests in porous
media  can be  frustrating because of the  time involved,  the number and type of field
measurements necessary, and the construction of injection  and recovery sites. Unlike with
karstic terranes, some basic transport parameters can be approximated prior to initiating
the tracer test, which minimizes some of the design difficulties.  However, errors in estimates
for parameters that are difficult to estimate prior to conducting a tracer test  (e.g.,  effective
porosity) can result in substantial errors in the tracer test design.
   The tracer test design parameters for Test Site Wilerwald were carefully measured and/or
estimated by geophysics, which helped facilitate a good tracer test design (De Carvalho Dill
and  Miiller,  1992, pp. 234-239).   Using these same parameters in EHTD  resulted in
satisfactory fits  to the measured ETC (Figure 27) with t =  868 hours, tp  =  794 hours,
v = 0.23 m h  1, and  D =  1.46 m2 h  1, which  do not approximate the measured results as
well as desired (Table 31).  Using the data provided and an estimate for discharge according
                                          145

-------
to Darcy's law, estimated tracer travel times (Table 31)  could not  be improved, but an
improvement in calculated tracer mass to release (Table 32) could be improved by providing
an estimate for tracer decay. Evident from Figure 27 and Table 31  is that the estimated
times of travel t  and tp were underestimated by EHTD, which is a direct  result  of the
application of Darcy's law.
   The actual tracer mass released was 24 x more than the EHTD-nonreactive recommended
estimate.  Setting // to  0.0044 h"1 raised the tracer mass estimate to the actual amount
released, but a consequent and significant decrease in estimated Cp was required (Table 30).
The  tracer used for the Test Site Wilerwald tracer test was fluorescein, which is generally
regarded as being slightly retarded in granular aquifers and not very sensitive to degradation
in the subsurface. For this test, fluorescein appears not to have been significantly retarded,
but it may have been severely degraded according to EHTD. This contention is  supported by
the actual tracer test, which indicates that only about 77 g of fluorescein were  recovered [85
g when evaluated using QTRACER2 and a straight-line projection for data extrapolation
(Field, 2002b, pp. 57-58)].
   Figure 27  shows that EHTD  inadequately predicted the measured ETC  for both the
nonreactive  and the reactive cases but that  most of the ETC, including the long, relatively
gently sloping ETC tail,  would  be identified during the sampling  process  even though
EHTD failed to accurately  predict the  ETC when Darcy's law is applied.   For the Test
Site  Wilerwald tracer test, tracer was added as a small, short-duration pulse, the effect  of
which was a relatively insignificant amount so Dv  = V  for both of the EHTD-predicted
results (Table 32). The EHTD-predicted volumes only slightly exceeded the measured value
for V, suggesting  that the EHTD-predicted volumes are reasonable.

7.3.2.2.  Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen Tracer Test.  In porous media systems, forced-
gradient tracer tests are prefered  because the length  of time for the test is greatly reduced
and  the transport  parameters necessary  for designing  the  tracer  test  are more easily
estimated. However, errors  in estimated parameters may  still result in a poor tracer test
design.  The Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen tracer test was designed  using  parameters that were
determined from a pumping test.
   The EHTD-predicted BTCs poorly match the measured ETC, and initial  tracer break-
through was not  adequately predicted  (Figure 28).  Peak concentration for the measured
ETC was missed  by both EHTD-predicted cases by more than 17 days (Table 31).  The
poor EHTD predictions for  the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen tracer test are directly related  to

                                         146

-------
                                                    Measured Data
                                             _A-A —  NonReactive Transport
                                                 _  Reactive Transport
Figure 28.  Comparison of measured data for the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen site tracer test
with EHTD-predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport.  For reactive transport,
Rd = 1.0 and n = 0.0003 h~l.

the incorrectly estimated ne obtained from the pumping test.
   The tracer test design used an ne = 0.14, which is the value of the specific yield obtained
from the pumping test.  This ne was later found to  be significantly in error.  Tracer test
analysis resulted  in an ne = 0.08 (Kafi, 1998,  pp. 515-516), which when applied to EHTD
produces much better ETC fits to the measured ETC.
   Estimated tracer mass for the nonreactive case closely matched  the actual tracer mass
released. Setting // = 0.0003  h"1 produced a slightly  greater estimate for tracer mass than
was released. However, this slight increase in tracer  mass also resulted in a slight shift in
the decreasing limb of the ETC.
   Although the EHTD-predicted BTCs failed to adequately match the measured ETC,
EHTD did reasonably predict the appropriate tracer mass to release. EHTD-recommended
sample collection times for the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen tracer test were generally adequate
for defining the ETC, although initial tracer breakthrough was not predicted by EHTD.
   For the Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen tracer test, tracer occurred as an impulse release,  the
effect of which  was an insignificant  amount, so Dy = V for both of the EHTD-predicted
                                         147

-------
           •1
              20
              15
              10
               Od
                 Measured Data
                 NonReactive Transport
              .-  Reactive Transport
                        10
20
 30
Time (d)
40
50
60
Figure 29.  Comparison  of measured  data for  the Mobile  site tracer  test with  EHTD
predicted-results for nonreactive and reactive transport.  For reactive transport, Rd = 1.1
and n =  0.0075 h~l.

results (Table 32).  Both of the EHTD-predicted volumes exceeded the measured value for
V, reflecting the effect of the incorrect effective porosity.

7.3.2.3.   Mobile Site  Tracer  Test.   Injection/withdrawal tracer tests provide an op-
portunity to establish equilibrium conditions during ground-water extraction prior to ini-
tiating a tracer test.  The Mobile Site tracer test was designed using transport parameters
that were carefully determined from pumping tests and single-well tracer tests, which led to
better estimates for the parameters necessary for designing the injection/withdrawal tracer
test.
   The EHTD-predicted  BTCs  closely matched the measured ETC (Figure 29). Only the
long, somewhat multimodal erratic tail of the measured ETC  was not adequately predicted
by EHTD.  The long tail is suspected to have occurred as  a  result of longer  flow lines
causing longer transport times,  which occurs during well injection  (Molz et  al., 1986a,
pp. 22, 58).  Because EHTD does not predict long ETC tails the estimates for t and  v
were incorrectly estimated by approximately  3  days, but  tp, D, and Pe were very well
approximated (Table 31).  Setting // = 0.0075 h"1 and Rd =  1.1 increased the estimate
                                          148

-------
for  tracer mass enough to match  the actual  mass released and for predicted injection
concentration to match the actual injection concentration.  However, the increase in tracer
mass also caused a slight negative shift of the descending limb of the predicted ETC because
of the required steepening  of the ETC to maintain the desired C. Setting // = 0.0075 h"1
and Rd= 1-1 allowed for a good estimate for tracer mass and a slight positive shift in the
ETC, but with a slight decrease in predicted tp} a 2-hour increase for t\ and t/ (Table 31),
and a 1-hour increase for Cp (Table 32).
    EHTD-suggested sampling times may be regarded as adequate for defining the measured
ETC. The multimodal measured ETC for the  Mobile Site clearly illustrates  the need for
frequent  sampling if the ETC is to  be properly defined  (Figure 29).  Although not as
frequent  as the average sample collection frequency t/  of 5 hours for the measured ETC, a
tf = 19 hours is probably reasonable for defining the ETC while not being excessive. Tracer
sampling ceased prior to complete tracer recovery, so it is difficult  to determine whether
EHTD adequately predicted final tracer recovery.
    Predicted dilution volumes for the  Mobile Site tracer test exceeded the predicted system
volumes, but the dilution volumes  reasonably  matched  the  measured  system volumes
(Table 32).   The good estimation  for Dv  would have  enhanced the predictions  for M,
but the poor match of the predicted V to the measured V was unexpected,  although  it
appears not  to  have  adversely influenced the tracer mass prediction for the reactive case.

7.3.2.4.   Chalk  River Site  Tracer  Test.   Recirculation tracer tests are rarely em-
ployed to evaluate transport parameters in porous media systems.   A recirculation tracer
test conducted  at the Chalk River Site was very well predicted by EHTD for both the non-
reactive  and reactive cases (Figure 30).  The EHTD-predicted results for  the nonreactive
case produced a good fit to the measured ETC and a  nearly exact match of the predicted
f to the measured t but a very poor match for  predicted tp to the measured tp (Table 31).
The incorrectly estimated tp was  caused by recirculating  the recovered tracer back into the
injection well while  tracer recovery from the  start of the tracer test was still occurring.
Average  velocity, D, and Pe were also very well matched.
    EHTD-estimated tracer mass for the nonreactive case  was four times less than the actual
tracer mass  released. Setting // = 0.011 h"1 resulted in a close match to the actual tracer
mass released and injection concentration, but it also produced a slight negative shift in
the ETC. Setting Rd = 1.1 caused a positive shift of the ETC that matched the measured
ETC and the mass released. Allowing for tracer decay caused the EHTD-predicted ETC to

                                         149

-------
             0.8
             0.6
           c
           o
           o
           o
          o
             0.2
     Measured Data
_A A-  NonReactive Transport
_o g..  Reactive Transport
                              10
               20
            Time (d)
30
Figure 30.  Comparison of measured data for the Chalk River site tracer test with EHTD-
predicted results for nonreactive and reactive transport. For reactive transport, Rd = 1.1
      = 0.011 h~l.
develop a slight peak at ~ 8 days and a consequent decreasing limb.  The EHTD-predicted
ETC for the reactive case produced a visually better fit than have previous modeling efforts
(Huyakorn et al., 1986), because C was adjusted as necessary to obtain a Cp that matched
the measured Cp  (Table 30).
   As with the Mobile Site tracer test, the EHTD-suggested sampling times may be regarded
as ideal for defining the measured ETC. The multimodal measured ETC for the Chalk River
Site also illustrates the need  for frequent sampling if the ETC is to be properly defined
(Figure 30). A t/ = 12 hours is sufficient for defining the ETC. However, tracer sampling
ceased prior to complete tracer recovery, so it is not possible to determine whether EHTD-
recommended sampling ended too soon.
   Unlike the Mobile Site tracer test,  the predicted system volumes for  the Chalk River
tracer test match the measured V quite well, especially for the nonreactive case.  (Table 32).
Predicted Dv was twice the predicted  V, reflecting the recirculation aspect of this tracer
test.  The effect  of DV  = 2 V was  to increase the suggested tracer mass necessary for
achieving a positive tracer test.
                                          150

-------
Part IV
ADDITIONAL  APPLICATION  OF
EHTD
Release of slightly diluted uranine (Acid Yellow 73) into flow of water for tracer test. Note
the contrast between the uranine color (fluorescent green) and the algae build-up on the
sides of the stream flow.  This tracer test was conducted in order to verify the integrity of
the local production well from infiltration by toxic substances that may be accidentally or
deliberately released in the future.
                                   151

-------
    8.   APPLICATION OF EHTD TO SUPPORT RISK ASSESSMENTS

   A critical aspect of any contamination investigation (potential or existing) of a given
hydrological system involves the development of a risk assessment to assess the threat to
human health and the environment posed by the contamination. Risk assessments consist
of three  components: hazard identification, exposure assessment,  and dose response.  In
this section, exposure assessments  as related to solute transport will be the focus. Hazard
identification (toxicity estimation) and dose-response assessment (estimation of the extent of
increasing hazard as a function of increasing exposure) are not addressed here. In addition,
that aspect of exposure assessment that deals with uptake (e.g., ingestion of contaminated
water) is not addressed here.  Rather, solute transport from a source area to a point of
exposure in a hydrological system is the focus of this section. For more complete details
on exposure and risk assessments, the interested reader is referred to Reichard et al. (1990)
for a general overview of risk assessment methodology in ground water, USEPA (1992)
for general exposure methodology, USEPA (1998a) for detailed ecological risk assessment
methods and USEPA (1989) for detailed human health risk  assessment methods. USEPA
(1986a,b, 1991, 1996, 1998b) provide detailed risk assessment guidance for the development
of various toxicological methods.

8.1.  EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW
A typical exposure assessment for real and potential contamination usually includes solute-
transport modeling as a means of reducing uncertainties and/or forecasting the effects of
any suggested changes.  The exposure pathway (source to exposure point) requires field
investigations  which are often enhanced through modeling of the environmental systems
which helps to lessen the  impact of uncertainties.  Uncertainties in exposure assessments
are always an issue that must be addressed. Typical uncertainties associated with exposure
assessments in hydrological systems are listed in Figure 31.
   The value and importance of using a well calibrated model for risk assessment purposes
is widely recognized. For example,  McAvoy et al. (2003) used the well-known water quality
model, QUAL2E (after calibration) to conduct a basic risk assessment regarding wastewater
loading to Balatuin River  in the Philippines. Rhodamine WT (Acid Red 388)  dye  tracing
results were used to develop the necessary parameters for model calibration. Interestingly,
the initial dye release included too little dye (9.52 g) and the two subsequent releases required
                                         152

-------
 Source-Related Uncertainties
    • Will release(s) of contaminants occur?
      [Probability of release(s).]

    • When will the release(s) occur and for how long?
      [Timing and duration of release(s).]

    • What contaminants will or are being released?
      [Chemical, biological, or radiological contaminant releases.]

    • How much will be or is being released?
      [Mass loading.]

 Pathway-Related Uncertainties
    • Will contaminants reach exposure point?
      [Flow trajectory and proximity of source to point of contact.]

    • When will contaminants reach point of exposure?
      [Time of travel and duration of exposure.]

    • What contaminants will reach the point of exposure?
      [Environmental fate of contaminants.]

    • How much contamination will reach the point of exposure?
      [Contaminant  concentration at the point of exposure.]

 Use-Related Uncertainties

    • Water used for drinking and/or bathing and by whom?
      [Exposure route, number, and sensitivity of exposed population.]

    • How long will  user be affected by the contamination?
      [Duration and continuity of exposure.]

    • What monitoring program  is in place?
      [Potential to avert exposure.]

    • What dilution and/or treatment prior to exposure?
      [Reduced exposure levels due to reduced contaminant  concentrations.]
Figure 31.   Uncertainties associated  with exposure assessments in hydrological systems
[adapted from Reichard et al. (1990, p. 6)].

slightly greater amounts of dye (14.28 g each) for a total release of (38.08 g). Analysis using
EHTD suggested that even greater quantities of dye (100.11 g) would have been appropriate.
                                         153

-------
8.2.  FORECASTING POLLUTION FOR RISK ASSESSMENTS
The appropriateness of EHTD for determining acceptable tracer mass and sampling times
for proposed tracer tests has already been documented. However, after tracer tests have been
conducted EHTD may be used for screening-level pollution forecasting. The EHTD-results
may then be applied in a risk assessment  at a rough screening level.  Such an endeavor,
the value of which not being immediately apparent, is useful because  of the difficulty and
expense of conducting multiple tracer tests several times  during any  given year and over
several years. A single tracer test provides only a temporal "snapshot" of the hydrological
system the results of which may not be relevant other periods.

8.2.1.   Dimensionless Dye-Recovery Curve
The tracer testing conducted by McAvoy et al. (2003) was conducted during the dry season
only.  In their  work,  the authors assumed that greater  dilution would occur  during the
wet months which may be true but is undocumented. For this reason, the U.S. Geological
Survey (USGS) conducted several tracer tests in the same system over at least a year's time
to address temporal differences in flow (Mull et al., f 988b). A plot of the seven tracer tests
conducted by the USGS indicates considerable real-time differences  and real-concentration
differences  in the BTC's (Mull et al., f988a, p.  55).  Figure 32 on the next page depicts
the seven  BTC's.   The differences in the BTC's were muted by converting the BTC's to
dimensionless form, plotting the dimensionless BTC's at the same scales and then developing
a single standardized dimensionless dye-recovery  curve or "type curve"  (Mull et al., f988a,
pp. 68-75). Development of the standardized curve is a very slow tedious process where a
ETC is drawn by eye and appropriate statistics calculated. This process is repeated several
times until the  calculated statistics meet some arbitrary level of acceptance.
   After development of the standardized curve the effects of a  given release  into the
hydrologic  system could be  forecast with some  degree of confidence  provided discharge
was available (Mull et al., f988a, pp. 75-79). Although useful and relevant, the method
devised  is a trial-and-error procedure requiring considerable  subjective analysis. A simpler
less expensive method is desirable.

8.2.2.   EHTD for Forecasting pollution Effects
To  be able to forecast the effects of any contaminant releases in  any given hydrological
system,  a chosen model must either be properly  calibrated for the given time period or be
                                         154

-------
             15 -
February 28, 1985
March 1. 1985
May 23. 1985
May 30. 1985
July 16. 1985
August 12. 1985
February 26. 1986
                                                                  50
Figure 32.  Seven BTC's developed by the U.S. Geological Survey between  Dyers Spring
and a nearby karst window over one year (1985) (Mull et al., 1988a, p. 73). Note that the
May 30,  1985 curve  is the  Dyers Spring ETC that is examined in detail in  Section 7. on
page 128 and graphically as Figure 25  on page 139.

capable of approximating the environmental conditions for the given time period. This may
be accomplished using EHTD provided it is recognized that EHTD may only be considered
a screening-level model when used in this manner.

8.2.2.1.    Using  EHTD  Directly  to Forecast Pollution.   Given some degree of
confidence  regarding the ability of EHTD to suggest the appropriate mass of tracer to
release and sampling times, EHTD can be used as a quick screening model for addressing
pollutant releases.  Consider the Dyers Spring  example developed in Section 7.3.1.3. on
page 138 where EHTD was used to produce an  acceptable estimate for time of travel  and
tracer mass released.
   The USGS standardized curve for  this site was applied to a hypothetical release of
0.19m3 (50 gallons)  of a 5% solution of copper  sulfate (1.13kg  copper) into the karst
window from which the original tracer tests were conducted. Assuming a spring discharge
= 91.74 m3 h"1 (3.24 x 103 ft3 h"1) the standardized curve method suggested (Mull et al.,
1988a, pp.  77-78):
                                         155

-------
   1. Cp= 2.61 mgL-1

   2. ti = 14.0 h

   3. tp = 18.0 h

   4. tf ~ 40.0 h

   Applying EHTD with assuming no pollutant reactivity to this hypothetical example and
using a reasonable estimate for cross-section area to be 1.65 m2 (17.73 ft2) resulted in:

   1. Cp= 2.04 mgL-1

   2. t\ = 7.39 h    (measurable)

   3. tp = 16.09 h

   4. tf ~ 40.0 h

Including a pollutant decay factor would have caused a reduction in the EHTD-predicted
peak concentration while including a pollutant retardation factor would have caused both
a  reduction in the  peak concentration and  later travel  times.   A  comparison of the
standardized-predicted ETC and EHTD-predicted ETC is shown in Figure 33 on the next
page.  Although  there is no definitive  way in which one ETC  shown in Figure 33 can
be selected  over the other it will be noted that the standardized curve method tends to
overestimate peak concentration (Mull  et al.,  1988a, p. 76) while it is likely that EHTD
will underestimate peak concentration if a good measure or estimate for discharge, cross-
sectional area (or transverse spread for porous media),  and transport distance are not
sufficiently accurate.

8.2.2.2.   Using the LHS-Routine in EHTD to Forecast Pollution.   As explained
in Section 4.3. on page 70 a LHS-input  file of mean values  (see page 72) can be developed
from any input file of measured values.  Using  the Dyers Spring data a LHS-developed file
was created from 10,000 randomly-generated  parameter values (Figure 34 on page  158).
Note that Figure 34 on page 158 also includes the univariate statistics that describe the
input parameters (see Table 20 on page 72 for identification of the variables). Using the
EHTD-generated file (Figure 34) will not produce correct results because it in no way was
intended to match the conditions identified  (e.g.,  Q ^ 91.74m3h-1).  For example,  it
                                         156

-------
          s
          g
                                        	 Standardized Breakthrough Curve
                                        -A -A - EHTD-Predicted Breakthrough Curve
                          10
20
30
40
50
                                         Time (h)
Figure 33.  Standardized curve- and EHTD-predicted ETC for a hypothetical copper sulfate
release to the karst window shown by dye tracing to be connected to Dyers Spring.

includes a slight overestimate for transport distance, a large overestimate for discharge and
retardation, and other incorrect values. However, adjustments to this file are easily made.
The file can then be run as often as necessary to gain a sense of those factors that are most
influential to the transport of a solute.
    One significant point to make about the LHS routine used in EHTD is that it will always
create an input file with optimization "turned on" (Figure 34).  Because optimization is
requested,  EHTD will ignore any user-entered tracer or solute mass and will optimize for
the best mass for the listed  conditions.  If the user prefers to  use a desired  mass,  then
optimization must be reset to zero.
                                          157

-------
NAME OF DATA FILE
LATIN HYPERCUBE FILE NUMBER
FLOW RELEAS
1 1
STATION NAME
DYERS SPRING
DISCHARGE (m'S/h)
2.499E+02
INIT. CONC. (ug/L)
5.000E-01
RETARDATION
1.483E+00
1
1.0
10.0
RTIM (h)
0.0


DISTANCE (m)
9.195E+02
GAMMA1
5.000E-01
DECAY (1/h)
9 . OOOE-02
1
0.0
5.0
INFLOW (m-3/h)
0.0


AREA (nT2)
1.991E+00
GAMMA2
5.000E-01
OPTIM
1



UNITS
1


SINUOSITY FACTOR
1.0


AVE. CONC. (ug/L)
4.120E+00



END OF RUNS
STOP PROCESSING
LHS SUGGESTED USER INPUT SOLUTE MASS = 7.662E+00 g
                  Univariate Statistics from UVSTA
Variable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

7
249
1
919
0
0
0
1
0
Mean
.66154
.88990
.99133
.47539
. 50000
. 50000
. 50000
.48261
.09000
Variance
79.
.211682
0 . 8427E+05
0.
9349.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
.615789
.850234
.083358
.083358
.083358
.099951
.002701
Std.
8
290
0
96
0
0
0
0
0
Dev.
.90009
. 28670
.78472
.69462
.28872
.28872
.28872
.31615
.05197





-0
-0
0

0
Skewness
1.4285
1.4285
0 . 4743
0.1262
.7563E-16
.5487E-16
.3864E-16
0.2561
.6316E-16
Kurt os is
1
1
-0
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
.0497
.0497
.9535
.1826
.2000
.2000
.2000
.1282
.2000
Variable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Minimum
0.3563
11.6225
0.9202
762.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
1.0000
0.0000
Maximum
35.6343
1162.2528
3.6807
1097.2800
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
2 . 1000
0.1800
Range
35.2779
1150.6303
2.7605
335.2800
1 . 0000
1 . 0000
1 . 0000
1 . 1000
0.1800
Coef . Var .
1.1617
1.1617
0.3941
0.1052
0 . 5774
0 . 5774
0 . 5774
0.2132
0 . 5774
Count
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
10000.0000
Variable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Lower CLM
7.48708
244 . 19970
1.97595
917.57999
0.49434
0.49434
0.49434
1.47641
0.08898
Upper CLM
7.83600
255.58010
2.00671
921.37080
0.50566
0.50566
0.50566
1.48881
0.09102
Lower CLV
77.061028
0.8198E+05
0 . 599069
9095.994980
0.081095
0.081095
0.081095
0.097237
0.002627
Upper CLV
81.454079
86651.8540
0.633221
9614.534266
0.085718
0.085718
0.085718
0.102780
0.002777
Figure  34.  LHS-generated input file of means using  the Dyers Spring parameters.  Note
CLM and CLV represent the confidence levels for the mean and the variance, respectively. All
other table headings should be readily apparent.
                                            158

-------
                     9.  SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

   Hydrologic tracer testing is an essential method of study for evaluating solute transport
processes.  However,  the initial design of most tracer tests  can be problematic due to
a lack of prior knowledge concerning the  hydrologic transport properties  for which the
tracer test is  intended.   A simple,  reliable  method for designing tracer tests has  been
developed by solving the one-dimensional advection-dispersion equation (ADE) for a preset
average tracer concentration.  This  tracer design  method provides a sound  theoretical
basis  for estimating tracer mass and  sample  collection frequency by combining basic field
measurements for hydraulic  and  geometric  parameters in functional  relationships  that
describe solute transport processes to estimate flow velocity and times of travel.
   These relationships are then applied to a hypothetical  continuous stirred tank reactor
(CSTR)  as an analog  for the  hydrologic flow  system to develop  estimates for tracer
concentration  and  axial  dispersion based on the  preset average  tracer  concentration.
Solution  of the one-dimensional ADE using  the preset average tracer concentration  then
allows for an estimate of necessary tracer mass.  Application of the predicted tracer mass
with the hydraulic and geometric parameters in the ADE further allows for an approximation
of initial sample-collection time and subsequent sample collection frequency.
   Tracer retardation and decay cause an increase in tracer mass estimates because the set
average tracer concentration is maintained by the method. Retardation has the added effect
of delaying tracer breakthrough and causing more spread in the tracer-breakthrough curve
(ETC), which can have  significant consequences for determining when to initiate sample
collection and at what  frequency  all subsequent samples  should be collected.  However,
experience with common tracers in various environments serves to trivialize this problem.
Prior  evaluations of  distribution  coefficients and  simulations using selected values for
retardation and decay can further limit  the  errors that may occur from tracer reactions
with solids.
   The method does not attempt to physically predict the  conditions  that may  cause
multimodal or long-tailed BTCs  because it is  not possible  or necessary  to  add  such
complexity. It also does  not address the possible occurrence of density-induced sinking. Not
only would estimates  for unknown parameters be required  (e.g., mass transfer coefficient),
but the effect of adding such complexity would not greatly improve the estimates for required
tracer mass or recommended  sampling frequency.
                                         159

-------
   Thirty-three tracer mass estimation equations and the computer program efficient hy-
drologic tracer-test design (EHTD) methodology were reviewed and tested using published
test criteria.  Testing 32 of the 33 equations and EHTD produced extreme ranges in the
results.  EHTD is the only method that was developed using established solute transport
theory.  The other 33 equations were all developed empirically.  Although the review and
testing described does not provide a means for determining the best tracer mass estimation
method and sampling frequency  method to employ, recent  tracer testing successes using
EHTD suggests that EHTD may be more reliable than the other methods (Field, 2000).
   Sample collection schemes were also reviewed and shown  to be difficult to implement
and unreliable because of their haphazard nature.  Darcy's law for porous media cases was
not applied because of insufficient test data, but Darcy's law is believed to be a reasonable
model for designing a sampling schedule, provided that difficult-to-obtain parameters (e.g.,
effective porosity) can be adequately estimated. For karstic media, application of an assumed
average velocity equal to 0.02 m s~l  for designing a sampling  schedule can  be effective,
provided tracer release and transport  occur via solution conduits.
   Given the  complexities and  difficulties associated  with  the  published 33  tracer mass
estimation equations and conventional sampling schemes, their continued use must remain
suspect at best. As shown by EHTD,  these previously developed equations/methods fail to
yield  consistent results. Application of the more scientifically sound method developed in
EHTD is more likely to ensure successful tracer test results (Field, 2002a) and is suggested
as a more reliable alternative.
   A total of eight tracer tests representing a wide range of conditions and a minimum of pre-
tracer test design parameters were used to evaluate EHTD. In all but the Test Site Wilerwald
and Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen tracer tests, the measured ETC curves were approximated by
EHTD for both nonreactive  and reactive instances.  Recommended sampling times were
found to be adequate for defining the measured BTCs for all eight tracer tests. Only the
initial tracer breakthrough times for the Test Site Wilerwald and Kirchdorf-Unteropfingen
were inadequately predicted, which was directly related to the unreliability of Darcy's law
in the first case and the use  of an incorrectly determined effective porosity in the latter.
   Most of  the EHTD-predicted tracer mass  estimates for nonreactive conditions were
mostly fairly to the actual  tracer masses  released.  For the  flowing stream  tracer tests,
tracer mass estimates were inadequate only for the Uvas Creek and Variegated Glacier tracer
tests. The tracer mass estimates for the Missouri River tracer test were slightly  greater than
the actual tracer mass released.  For  the porous media tracer tests, only the tracer mass

                                         160

-------
estimate for the Test Site Wilerwald tracer test was seriously problematic, although tracer
mass estimates for all the porous media tracer tests were underestimated. Prior knowledge
of the behavior of the type of system being traced and the type of tracer to be used can
provide some indication of necessary estimates for retardation and decay.
   EHTD simulations for the eight tracer tests evaluated resulted in very reasonable ap-
proximations for seven of the tracer tests.  In some instances, (e.g., Test Site Wilerwald and
Kirchrdorf Unteropfingen) expected time to peak arrival (tp} was inaccurately reproduced.
In other instances (e.g.,  Uvas Creek, Missouri River,  Test Site Wilerwald, and Kirchrdorf
Unteropfingen) axial dispersion (Dz) was inaccurately reproduced. However, in all these in-
stances  the results of EHTD for both the reactive and the nonreactive simulations resulted
in adequate approximations for the hydraulic parameters of interest.
   Future work should focus on refining EHTD to better approximate tracer mass estimates
and transport parameters.  Improvements may include consideration of the longer transport
times associated with the longer transport crescents created by injection and the effects of
stagnant regions. Although these improvements are not necessary for EHTD  to develop a
sampling schedule that will define a ETC, they will result in improved tracer mass estimates
and some transport parameter estimates.  Application of EHTD in its  current form  prior
to initiating a tracer test leads to a more efficient design, fewer  trial-and-error efforts, less
expense related to excess tracer use and excess  sample collection and analysis, and  greater
likelihood of tracer test success.
                                         161

-------
NOTATION

    a  long dimension of rod-shaped particle (L)
    a  slope parameter for median infection estimate
   a*  slope parameter for median morbidity estimate
    A  cross-sectional area of flow system (L2)
   A  matrix of time values used in the Chatwin analysis (T)
   a,i  interval of data points that bracket the function /(#*); (i = 1,2)
   Ae  adsorption effiency  (dimen.)
    b  short dimension of rod-shaped particle (L)
   bf  one half fracture width (L)
   bk  maximum allowable Chatwin parameter corresponding to tk  (T1/2)
    b  vector of concentration parameters for the Chatwin analysis  (T1/2)
    C  tracer concentration (M L~3)
    C  average tracer concentration (M L~3)
  CE  equilibrium tracer concentration (M L~3)
  _ 771
  C   mean volume-averaged equilibrium tracer concentration (M L~3)
   Cr  dimensionless resident tracer concentration = —
    T                                             c0
  CB  dimensionless concentration for BVP
   C1  dimensionless concentration for IVP
  Cp  dimensionless concentration for PVP
   CQ  characteristic tracer concentration (M L~3)
   Co  volume- averaged input concentration (M L~3)
   Cp  peak tracer concentration (M L~3)
   di  data value derivatives
   Dz  axial dispersion  (L2 T"1)
f(x*}  function representing the real root of the ADE
   Qi  input concentrations for pulse injection; (i = 1, 2; g0 = g% = 0)
 g(t)  function of values such that  g(ti) = Ci
    7  zero-order production coefficient (M L~3 T"1)
   7E  dimensionless production =
   '                 I-
                                     nevco    '     bfvco    '     rvco
       dimensionless exponential production (growth) constants for the PVP [i = 1,2]
       upper bounds on y
       lower bounds on y
                                         162

-------
  7z   zero-order production coefficient for the liquid phase (M L  3 T l)
  7S   zero-order production coefficient for the adsorbed (solid) phase (M M"1 T"1)
 rf   auxiliary functions for equilibrium transport [see Section 3.2.1.4.]
   h   Hermite cubic basis function
   h   Hermite cubic basis function
  H   solute-migration zone thickness (L)
 HI   hazard index for all pathways (dimen.)
HQI   hazard quotient for ingestion (dimen.)
Hq2   hazard quotient for inhalation (dimen.)
Hq3   hazard quotient for dermal contact (dimen.)
   /   integrand of a function
  /'   approximate integrand of a function
  Ig   amount of water ingested per day (L3 T"1)
  Ih   inhalation rate (L3 T"1)
   k   CSTR reaction rate constant (T"1)
  ki,   number of uncertain variables to be developed by Latin Hypercube Sampling routine
 Ka   fracture and/or solution conduit distribution coefficient (L)
 Kd   solute distribution coefficient (L3 M"1)
 Kf   volumetric conversion for water (L3 L~3)
  L   characteristic distance from point of injection to point of recovery (L)
 Ap   dimensionless constant for exponential production (growth) profile
  M   tracer mass (M)
MB   dimensionless mass of applied tracer for a Dirac input = -^-
 Mp   particle mass (M)
Mp   mass of total number of particles (M)
   n   number of evaluation points  (dimen.)
  rib   number of additional sample to be collected prior to expected  tracer breakthrough
  ne   effective porosity (dimen.)
  nK   number of evaluation points for Chatwin analysis (dimen.)
 nm   multiplier for estimating tracer test duration (dimen.)
  ns   number of samples to be collected
NW   median infectious dose (# T"1)
7Vg0   median morbidity dose (# T"1)
 Np   concentration of particles (# L~3)

                                       163

-------
    p  components M, Rd, and p, of vector y to be optimized
   Pe  Peclet number = jy- (dimen.)
   Pc  skin permeability constant (L T"1)
   PI  probability of infection (dimen.)
 PD-.I  probability of morbidity (dimen.)
PM-.D  probability of mortality (dimen.)
    0  porosity (dimen.)
   pb  bulk density (M L~3)
   pp  particle density (M L~3)
    q  inflow into injection point at time of injection (L3 T"1)
   Q  flow system discharge  (L3 T"1)
    r  solute conduit  radius (L)
fi(y)  twice continuously differentiable functions of y
  Rd  solute retardation (dimen.)
RfC  reference concentration (M M"1)
RfD  reference dose  (M M~l T'1)
   Sa  skin surface area (L2)
   Sd  shower duration (T)
   Sf  sinuosity factor (dimen.)
   of  travel time variance (T2)
    t  time (T)
    f  average time of travel  (T)
   tb  base time value for At time spacing (T)
   td  tracer-test duration corresponding to  last detectable tracer breakthrough (T)
   ti  individual tracer sampling times (T)
   tK  maximum allowable time for Chatwin analysis tK < ^ (T)
   tm  base time value for nmAt time spacing (T)
   to  time for pulse release (T)
   tp  expected time  to peak arrival  (T)
   IR  tracer release control (dimen.)
   ts  sample-collection times (T)
  tsf  sampling frequency (T)
  tsm  time corresponding to minimum concentration for sample collection (T)
  At  time spacing for CSTR-generated ETC  (T)

                                        164

-------
 T  dimensionless time = ^
                         L
 T  dimensionless mean residence time = ^
 Tj  dimensionless pulse time = ^; (i = 1, 2; Ti = 0)
 )U  solute decay (T"1)
ue  dimensionless equilibrium decay = L(n^i+nKd^.	  	
r^                  T-              ^        nev    '     bv    '      rv
 Hi  liquid phase solute decay (T"1)
 p,s  sorbed phase solute decay (T"1)
 v  mean tracer velocity (L T"1)
 v  mean tracer velocity for the CSTR-generated ETC (L T"1)
 Vi  measured tracer velocities for each sampling time  (L T"1)
 vp  peak tracer velocity (L T"1)
 V  flow system volume (L3)
 Va  shower stall volume (L3)
 uj  concentration of particulate matter for a concentrated volume (%)
 W  width of solute-migration zone (L)
Wu  water usage  (L3)
 x  vector of straight-line parameters  used in the Chatwin analysis (T1/2)
 y  vector of p components (M, R^ and jj) to be optimized
 z  distance  (L)
 Z  dimensionless distance = f
                                      165

-------
References

Alexander, Jr., E. C., Quinlan, J. F., 1992. Practical Tracing of Groundwater with Emphasis
  on Karst Terranes. Tech.  Rep.  Short Course Manual, 2nd ed., Geological Society of
  America, Boulder, Colorado.

Aley, T. J., 1999. The Ozark Underground Laboratory's Groundwater Tracing Handbook.
  Tech. rep., Ozark Underground Laboratory, Protem, Mo.

Aley, T. J., Fletcher, M. W., 1976. The water tracer's cookbook. Missouri Speleology 16(3),
  1-32.

Barth, G. R., Illangasekare, T. H.,  Hill, M.  C., Rajaram, H.,  2001. A new tracer-density
  criterion for heterogeneous porous media. Water Resources Research 37(1), 21-31.

Behrens, H., Beims, U.,  Dieter, H., Dietze,  G., Eikmann, T., Grummt,  T., Hanisch, H.,
  Henseling, H., Kafi, W., Kerndorff, H., Leibundgut, C., M tiller-Wegener, U., Ronnefahrt,
  I., Scharenberg, B., Schleyer, R., Schloz, W., Tilkes, F., 2001. Toxicological and ecotoxi-
  cological assessment of water tracers. Hydrogeology Journal 9, 321-325.

Bencala, K. E., Walters, R. A., 1983. Simulation of solute transport in a mountain pool-
  and-rifne stream:  A transient storage model. Water Resources Research  19(3), 718-724.

Bendel, L., 1948. Ingenieurgeologie,  832 p. Springer, Vienna.

Blower, S. M.,  Dowlatabadi,  H., 1994. Sensitivity and uncertainty analysis of complex
  models of disease transmission: An HIV model, as an example.  International Statistical
  Review 62(2), 229-243.

Bogli, A., 1980. Karst Hydrology and  Physical Speleology, 284 p. Springer, Berlin.

Brugman, M. M., 1987. Water Flow at the Base of a Surging Glacier. Ph.D. Dissertation,
  267 p., California Institute of Technology,  Pasadena, Gal.

Chatwin, P. C.,  1971. On the interpretation of some longitudinal dispersion experiments.
  Journal of Fluid Mechanics 48(4), 689-702.

Davis,  S. N., Campbell, D. J., Bentley, H. W., Flynn, T. J., 1985. Ground water Tracers,
  200 p. National Ground water Association, Dublin, Ohio.
                                         166

-------
De Carvalho Dill, A., Miiller, L, 1992. Geophysical Prospecting. In: Leibundgut, C., De Car-
  valho Dill, A., Maloszewski, P.,  Miiller, L, Schneider, J. (Eds.), Investigation of Solute
  Transport in the Porous Aquifer of the Test Site  Wilerwald (Switzerland), Steirische
  Beitrage zur Hydrogeologie, 6th International Symposium on Water Tracing, Transport
  Phenomena in Different Aquifers (Investigations f 987-f992). Vol. 43. Joanneum Research,
  Graz, Germany, pp. 229-250.

Dennis, J. E.,  Gay, D. M.,  Welsch, R.  E.,  f98f. An adaptive nonlinear least-aquares
  algorithm, toms 7(3), 348-383.

Dienert, F., f9f3. Remarques au sujet des experiences avec la fluoresceine. C. R. Academy
  Sciences f57, 660-66f.
Drew, D. P., Smith, D. L, f969. Techniques for the Tracing of Subterranean Drainage. Tech.
  Rep. 2,  British Geomorphological Research Group Technical Bulletin, Great Britain.

Dunn,  B.,  f968. Nomographs for  determining  amount of Rhodamine B dye for time-of-
  travel studies. In: In Selected Techniques in water Resources Investigations,  1966-67.
  U.S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1892, pp. 9-14.

Field, M.  S., 1997.  Risk assessment methodology for karst aquifers: (2)  Solute-transport
  modeling. Environ. Monit. Assess. 47, 23-37.
Field, M. S., 2000. Ground-water tracing and drainage basin delineation for risk assessment
  mapping for spring protection in clarke county, Virginia. Tech. Rep. NCEA-W-0936, 36
  p., U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.

Field, M.  S., 2002a. Efficient hydrologic tracer-test design for tracer-mass estimation  and
  sample-collection frequency, 1, method development. Environmental Geology in press.
Field, M.  S., 2002b. The QTRACER2 Program for Tracer-Breakthrough Curve Analysis
  for Hydrological Tracer  Tests in Karstic Aquifers and Other Hydrologic Systems. Tech.
  Rep. EPA/600/R-02/001, 179 p., U.S. Envir. Prot. Agency, Washington, D.C.

Field, M.  S., 2002c. A review of some tracer-design  equations for tracer-mass estimation
  and sample collection frequency. Environmental Geology in press.

Field,  M.  S.,  Nash, S. G.,  1997. Risk assessment  methodology  for karst aquifers, 1,
  Estimating karst  conduit-flow parameters. Environ.  Monit. Assess. 47, 1-21.

                                        167

-------
Field, M.  S., Pinsky, P. F., 2000. A two-region nonequilibrium model for solute transport
  in solution conduits in karstic aquifers. Journal of Contaminant Hydrology 44, 329-351.

Field, M. S., Wilhelm, R. G., Quinlan, J. F., Aley, T. J., 1995. An assessment of the potential
  adverse properties of  fluorescent tracer dyes for  groundwater tracing. Environmental
  Monitoring and Assessment 38, 75-96.

Freeze, R. A., Cherry, J. A., 1979. Groundwater,  604 p. Prentice-Hall, Engelwood Cliffs,
  N.J.

Caspar, E., 1987. Modern Trends in Tracer Hydrology, 145 p. CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton,
  Fla.

Gunn, J., Lowe, D., 2000. Editorial. Journal of Cave and Karst Science (Transactions of the
  British Cave Research Association) 26, 99-100.

Haas, J. L.,  1959. Evaluation of ground water tracing methods used in speleology. National
  Speleological Society Bulletin  21(2), 67-76.

Keys, B., 1968.  Closing address.  Transaction of Cave  Research Group, Great Britain 10(2),
  121.

Huyakorn, P. S., Andersen, P. F., Molz, F. J., Giiven, O., Melville, J.  G., 1986. Simulations
  of two-well tracer tests in stratified  aquifers at the  Chalk River and the Mobile  sites.
  Water Resources  Research 22(7), 1016-1030.

Iman, R. L., Helton, J. C.,  1988. An investigation of uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
  techniques for computer models. Risk Analysis 8, 71-90.

Kahaner,  D. K., Moler,  C., Nash, S. G.,  1989.  Numerical  Methods  and Software, 581 p.
  Prentice-Hall, Engelwood Cliffs,  N.J.

Kafi, W., 1998.  Tracing Technique in Geohydrology, 581  p. A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, The
  Netherlands.

Kilpatrick, F. A.,  1993.  Simulation of Soluble Waste Transport and Buildup  in Surface
  Wwaters Using Tracers. Tech. Rep. Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations,  Book
  3, Chapter A20, 37 p., U.S. Geological Survey.
                                         168

-------
Kilpatrick, F. A., Cobb,  E. D., 1985. Measurement of Discharge Using Tracers. Tech.
  Rep. Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations, Book 3, Chapter A16, 52 p., U.S.
  Geological Survey.
Kilpatrick, F. A., Taylor, K. R.,  1986. Generalization and Application of Tracer Dispersion
  Data. Water Resources Bulletin 22(4), 537-548.

Kilpatrick, F. A., Wilson, Jr., J. F., 1989.  Measurement of Time of Travel in Streams by
  Dye Tracing.  Tech. Rep.  27 Techniques  of Water-Resources Investigations of the U.S.
  Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter A9, 27 p., U.S. Geological Survey.

Kinnunen, K., 1978.  Tracing Water Movement by Means of eschericia coli bacteriophages.
  Tech. Rep. Publication of Water Research Institute, 25, 50 p., National Board of Waters,
  Finland.
Leibundgut,  C.,  1981. Zum Anwendung Kiistlicher Tracerin Gletscher, 85 p. Publikation
  Gewasserkde,  No.  85,  Unversity of Bern.

Leibundgut, C.,  1992. Test Site.  In:  Leibundgut, C., De Carvalho Dill,  A.,  Maloszewski, P.,
  Miiller, I.,  Schneider,  J. (Eds.), Investigation of Solute Transport in the Porous Aquifer
  of the Test Site  Wilerwald (Switzerland),  Steirische  Beitrage zur Hydrogeologie, 6th
  International Symposium  on Water Tracing, Transport Phenomena in Different Aquifers
  (Investigations 1987-1992). Vol. 43. Joanneum Research, Graz,  Germany, pp. 229-250.

Leibundgut,  C.,  De  Carvalho Dill,  A., 1992. Tracer Tests. In:  Leibundgut, C., De Car-
  valho Dill, A., Maloszewski, P., Miiller, I., Schneider,  J. (Eds.), Investigation of Solute
  Transport  in the Porous  Aquifer  of the Test Site Wilerwald  (Switzerland),  Steirische
  Beitrage zur Hydrogeologie, 6th International Symposium on Water Tracing, Transport
  Phenomena in Different Aquifers (Investigations 1987-1992). Vol. 43.  Joanneum Research,
  Graz, Germany, pp. 229-250.

Leibundgut,  C.,  Wernli,  H.  R., 1982.  Zur Frage  der Einspeisemengenberechnung  fur
  Fluoreszenztracer. In: Leibundgut, C., Weingartner, R.  (Eds.), Tracermethoden in der
  Hydrologie, Beitrage  Geologie Schweiz -  Hydrologie. Vol.  28(1).  Geographischer Vrlag,
  Bern, Switzerland, pp. 119-130.

Leibungut, C., 1974. Fluoreszierende markierfarbstoffe in der hydrologie. In:  Mitt. Natur-
  forsh. Ges. Bern, N.F. Vol. 31. Bern, Switzerland, pp. 63-84.

                                         169

-------
Levenspiel, O., 1999. Chemical Reaction Engineering, 668 p. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Lutz, T.,  Parriaux,  A.,  1988. The Identification of Uranine in Natural Water by High
  Pressure Liquid Chromatography (HPLC). In: Goldbrunner, J. (Ed.), Steirische Beitrage
  zur Hydrogeologie. Vol. 39. Joanneum Research, Graz, Germany, pp. 141-148.

Mackay, D. M., Freyberg, D. L.,  Roberts, P. V., Cherry,  J. A.,  1986. A natural gradient
  experiment on solute transport in a sand aquifer: 1. Approach  and overview of plume
  management. Water Resour. Res. 22(13), 2017-2029.

Maloszewski,  P.,  Harum, T., Benischke, R., 1992a. Mathematical  modelling of tracer
  experiments in the karst  of lurbach system. In:  Behrens, H.,  Benischke, R.,  Bricelj,
  M., Harum, T.,  Kafi, W., Kosi, G., Leditzky, H. P., Leibundgut, C.,  Maloszewski, P.,
  Maurin,  V., Rajner, V., Rank,  D., Reichert, B., Stadler, H., Stichler, W., Trimborn,
  P., Zojer, H., Zupan, M. (Eds.), Investigations with natural and artificial tracers in the
  karst aquifer of the  Lurbach system (Peggau-Tanneben-Semriach, Austria), Steirische
  Beitrage zur Hydrogeologie, 6th International Symposium on Water Tracing, Transport
  Phenomena in Different Aquifers (Investigations 1987-1992). Vol. 43. Joanneum Research,
  Graz, Germany, pp.  116-136.

Maloszewski,  P., Leibundgut, C., Schneider,  J.,  1992b.  Mathematical Modelling of the
  Tracer Experiment Performed in the Test Site Wilerwald. In:  Leibundgut, C., De Car-
  valho Dill,  A., Maloszewski, P.,  Miiller, L, Schneider, J. (Eds.), Investigation of Solute
  Transport in the Porous Aquifer of the Test Site Wilerwald (Switzerland), Steirische
  Beitrage zur Hydrogeologie, 6th International Symposium on Water Tracing, Transport
  Phenomena in Different Aquifers (Investigations 1987-1992). Vol. 43. Joanneum Research,
  Graz, Germany, pp. 229-250.

Martel, 1913.  Sur les experiences de fluoresceine a grandes distances. C. R. Academy Sciences
  157, 1102-1104.

McAvoy, D. C., Masscheleyn, P.,  Peng, C., Morrall, S. W., Casilla, A. B., Lim, J.  M. U.,
  Gregorio, E.  G.,  2003. Risk assessment approach for  untreated wastewater using the
  QUAL2E water quality model. Chemosphere , in press.

McCann, M. R., Krothe, N. C., 1992. Development of a monitoring program at a superfund
  site in a karst terrane near Bloomington, Indiana. In:  Quinlan, J.  (Ed.), Proceedings of

                                        170

-------
  the Third Conference on Hydrogeology, Ecology, Monitoring, and Management of Ground
  Water in Karst Terranes. National Ground Water Association, Dublin, Ohio, pp. 349-370.

McKay, M. D., Conover, W. J., Beckman, R. J.,  1979. A comparison of three methods
  for selecting values of input variables in the analysis of output from a computer code.
  Technometrics 21,  239-245.

Meigs, L. C.,  Beauheim, R. L., 2001. Tracer tests in a fractured dolomite,  1, Experimental
  design and  observed tracer recoveries. Water Resources Research 37(5),  1113-1128.

Milanovic, P., 1981. Karst Hydrogeology, 434 p.  Water Resources Publications, Littleton,
  Col.

Molz, F. J., Giiven, O., Melville, J. G., Crocker, R. D., Matteson, K. T., 1986a. Performance,
  analysis, and simulation  of a two-well tracer test at the Mobile site. Water Resources
  Research 22(7), 1031-1037.

Molz, F. J., Giiven, O., Melville, J. G., Keely, J. F.,  1986b. Performance  and Analysis of
  Aquifer  Tracer Tests with Implications for Contaminant Transport Modeling. Tech. Rep.
  EPA/600/2-86/062, 88 p., U.S. Envir. Prot. Agency, Washington, B.C.

Mull, B. S.,  Liebermann, T. B., Smoot, J. L.,  Woosley,  Jr., L. H.,  1988a.  Application
  of Bye-Tracing Techniques for Betermining Solute-Transport Characteristics of Ground
  Water in Karst Terranes.  Tech. Rep. EPA/904/9-88-001, 103 p., U.S. Envir. Prot. Agency,
  Region IV,  Atlanta, Ga.

Mull, B. S., Lyverse,  M. A., 1984. Ground Water  Hydrology of the Elizabethtown Area,
  Kentucky. Tech. Rep. WRI 84-4057, 59 p.,  U.S.  Geol. Surv. Geol. Surv. Water-Resour.
  Invest.,  Washington, B.C.

Mull, B. S.,  Smoot,  J. L.,  Liebermann, T. B., 1988b. Bye Tracing Techniques  Used to
  Betermine  Ground-Water Flow  in a  Carbonate Aquifer  System Near Elizabethtown,
  Kentucky.  Tech. Rep.  WRI  87-4174, 95 p., U.S.  Geol. Surv. Water-Resour. Invest.,
  Washington, B.C.

Novakowski, K. S., 1992.  The analysis of tracer experiments conducted in divergent radial
  flow fields.  Water Resources Research 28(12), 3215-3225.
                                        171

-------
Oostrom, M., Hayworth, J.  S., Dane, J.  H., Giiven, O.,  1992. Behavior of dense  aqueous
  phase leachate  plumes in  homogenous  porous media. Water Resources Research  28(8),
  2123-2134.

Parriaux, A., Liskay, M., Miiller, I., della  Valle, G., 1988.  Guide practique pour 1'usage des
  traceurs artificiels en hydrologeologues  [Bilingual; also published in the same manual as:
  Leitfaden fiir den gebrauch kunstlicher tracer in der hydrogeologie]. Tech. Rep. GEOLEP
  EPFL 51 p. [49 p.], Societe Geologigue  Suisse, Groupe des Hydrologeogie [Schweizerische
  Gruppe der Hydrogeologen,  Arbeitsgruppe 'Tracer'], Lausanne,  Switzerland.

Pearson, T. J.,  1997. Pgplot graphics subroutine library. Tech. rep., California Institute of
  Technology, Pasadena.

Pickens, J. F., Grisak,  G. E., 1981.  Scale-dependent  dispersion in  a stratified granular
  aquifer.  Water Resources Research 17(4), 1191-1211.

Rantz, S. E., 1982. Measurement and Computation of Streamflow:  Volume 1. Measurement
  of Stage and Discharge. Tech. Rep. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 2175, 284
  p., U.S.  Geological Survey.

Rathbun, R. E., 1979. Estimating and Gas and Dye Quantity for Modified Tracer  Technique
  Measurements  of Stream  Reaeration Coefficients. Tech. Rep.  U.S. Geological Survey
  Water-Resoruces Investigations 79-27, 42 p., U.S. Geological Survey.

Reichard,  E., Cranor, C., Raucher, R., Zapponi,  G., 1990. Groundwater Contamination
  Risk Assessment:  A Guide  to Understanding and Managing the Uncertainties, 204 p.
  Vol. IAHS Publ. No. 196. International Association of Hydrological Sciences, Wallingford,
  Oxfordshire, U.K.

Sardin, M., Schweich,  D., Leij,  F. J., van Genuchten, M. T., 1991. Modeling the nonequilib-
  rium transport of linearly interacting solutes in porous media: A review. Water Resources
  Research 27,  2287-2307.

Schudel, B.,  Biaggi, D., Dervey,  T., Kozel, R., Miiller, I.,  Ross,  J. H.,  Schindler, U.,
  2002. Utilisation des Traceurs Artificiels an Hydrogeologie:  Guide Practique, Rapports
  de 1'OFEG, Serie Geologic.  Tech. Rep. No. 3,  77 p., Groupe  de Travail Tragage de la
  Societe Suisse d'Hydrogeologie; SSH, Berne, Switzerland.
                                        172

-------
Silebi, C. A., Schiesser, W. E., 1992. Dynamic Modeling of Transport Process Systems, 518
  p. Academic Press,  San Diego, Calif.

Siline-Bektchourine,  A. I.,  1951. Hydrogeologie Speciale,  394  p.  Gossendarctvennoe Iz-
  datelctvo  Geologitcheshoi Litertouri, Moscow.

Smart, C., Zabo, L.,  1997. Experimental design, technique and protocol in fluorometric
  tracing of ground water. In: Proceedings of the 12th International Congress of Speleology;
  6th Conference on Limestone Hydrology and Fissured Media. Vol. 2. International Union
  of Speleology and Swiss Speleological Society, La Chaux de Fonds, Switzerland, pp. 51-54.

Smart, C. C., 1988. Artificial tracer techniques for the  determination of the structure of
  conduit aquifers. Ground Water 26(4), 445-453.

Smart, C. C., Karunaratne, K. C., 2001. Statistical characterization of natural background
  fluorescence as an aid to dye tracer  test design.  In: Beck, B. F., Herring, J. G. (Eds.),
  Proceedings of the Eighth Multidisciplinary Conference on Sinkholes and the Engineering
  and Environmental  Applications of Karst Geology and Hydrology. Lamoreau and Assoc.,
  Oak Ridge, Tenn., pp. 271-276.

Smart, C. C., Simpson, B., 2001. An evaluation of the performance  of activated charcoal in
  detection  of fluorescent compounds in the environment. In: Beck, B. F.,  Herring, J. G.
  (Eds.),  Proceedings of the Eighth  Multidisciplinary Conference on Sinkholes  and the
  Engineering and Environmental Applications of Karst Geology and Hydrology. Lamoreau
  and Assoc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., pp. 265-270.

Smart, P.  L., Atkinson, T. C., Laidlaw,  I. M.  S., Newson,  M.  D.,  Trudgill, S. T.,
  1986.  Comparison of the results of quantitative and nonquantitative tracer tests for
  determination of karst conduit networks: An example from the Traligill Basin, Scotland.
  Earth Surface  Processes 11, 249-261.

Smart, P. L.,  Friederich, H., 1982.  An assessment  of the methods and results of water-
  tracing experiments in the Gunung Mulu National Park, Sarawak. British  Cave Research
  Association, Transactions 9, 100-112.

Sutton, D. J., Kabala, Z. J., Francisco, A., Vasudevan, D., 2001. Limitations and potential
  of commercially available rhodamine  WT as  a groundwater tracer.  Water Resources
  Research 37(6), 1641-1656.

                                        173

-------
Sweeting, M. M., 1973. Karst Landforms, 362 p. Columbia University Press, New York.
Taylor, K.  R., James,  R.  W., Helinsky, B. M., 1986. Traveltime and Dispersion in the
  Shenandoah River and its Tributaries,  Waynesboro, Virgina,  to Harpers Ferry,  West,
  Virginia. Tech. Rep.  WRI 86-4065, 60 p., U.S. Geol. Surv.  Water-Resour. Invest.,
  Washington, D.C.
Timeus, G., 1926. Le indagini sull'origini delle acque sotterrane. In: Bertarelli, I. V., Timeus,
  E. (Eds.), In, Duemila Grotte. pp. 153-166.
Toride, N.,  Leij, F. J., van  Genuchten, M. T.,  1993. A comprehensive set of analytical solu-
  tions for nonequilibrium solute transport with first-order decay and zero-order production.
  Water Resources Research 29(7), 2167-2182.
Toride, N., Leij, F. J., van Genuchten, M. T., 1995.  The CXTFIT Code for Estimating
  Transport Parameters from the Laboratory or Field Tracer Experiments; Version 2.0.
  Tech. Rep. 137, 121 p., U.S. Salinity Lab., Riverside, Calif.
UNESCO,  1973-1983. Groundwater Studies;  An  International  Guide for  Research and
  Practice  (with Supplements 1975, 1977,  and 1983). United Nations.
USEPA, 1986a. Guidelines for Health Risk Assessment of Chemical Mixtures. Tech. Rep.
  EPA/630/R-98/002, 28 p., U.S.  Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, D.C.
USEPA,  1986b.  Guidelines for  Mutagenicity  Risk Assessment.  Tech. Rep.  EPA/630/R-
  98/003,  17 p., U.S. Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, D.C.
USEPA,  1989. Risk  Assessment  Guidance  for  Superfund, Volume I, Human  Health
  Evaluation  Manual,  (Part A).  Tech. Rep.  EPA/540/1-89/002,  http://www.epa.gov/
  superfund/programs/risk/ragsa/index.htm, U.S. Environ. Protect. Agency, Washing-
  ton, D.C.
USEPA,  1991. Guidelines for  Developmental  Toxicity  Risk Assessment.  Tech.  Rep.
  EPA/600/FR-91/001, 67 p., U.S. Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, D.C.
USEPA, 1992.  Guidelines for Exposure Assessment. Tech. Rep. EPA/600/Z-92/001, 127 p.,
  U.S.  Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, D.C.
USEPA,  1996.  Guidelines  for Reproductive Toxicity  Risk  Assessment.  Tech.  Rep.
  EPA/630/R-96/009, 118 p., U.S. Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, D.C.

                                        174

-------
USEPA, 1998a. Guidelines for Ecological  Risk Assessment. Tech.  Rep. EPA/630/R-
  95/002F, 114 p., U.S. Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, B.C.

USEPA, 1998b. Guidelines for Neurotoxicity Risk Assessment. Tech. Rep. EPA/630/R-
  95/001F, 77 p., U.S.  Environ. Protect. Agency, Washington, B.C.

Webster, B. S., Proctor,  J. F., Marine,  I. W., 1970.  Two-Well Tracer Test in Fractured
  Crystalline Rock. Tech.  Rep. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1544-1, 22 p.,
  U.S. Geological Survey.

Wolff, H. J., Radeke, K. H., Gelbin, B.,  1979. Heat and mass transfer in packed beds—iv:
  Use of weighted moments to determine axial dispersion coefficients. Chemical Engineering
  Science 34, 101-107.

Worthington, S. R. H., Bavies, G. J., Ford, B. C.,  2000.  Matrix,  fracture  and channel
  components of storage and flow in a Paleozoic limestone aquifer. In: Wicks, C., Sasowski,
  I.  (Eds.), Groundwater flow and contaminant transport in carbonate aquifers. A.A.
  Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands, pp. 113-128.

Worthington, S. R. H.,  Smart, C. C., 2001. Evaluation of equations estimating mass needed
  for sink to spring tracer testing in karst. Journal of Cave and Karst Studies 63,  115.

Yevjevich, V., 1972. Stochastic Processes in Hydrology, 276 p. Water Resources Publications,
  Fort Collins,  Col.

Yotsukura,  N., Fischer, H. B., Sayer, W. W., 1970. Measurement of Mixing Characteristics
  of the Missouri River Between Sioux City, Iowa, and Plattsmouth,  Nebraska. Tech. Rep.
  1899-G, 29 p., U.S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply  Paper, Washington, B.C.

Yu, C., Warrick, A. W., Conklin, M. H., 1999. A moment method for analyzing breakthrough
  curves of step inputs. Water Resources Research 35(11), 3567-3572.

Zand, S. M.,  Kennedy, V. C.,  Zellweger, G. W., Avanzino,  R.  J., 1976. Solute Transport
  and Modeling of Water Quality in a Small Stream. J. Res. U.S. Geol. Surv. 4(2), 233-240.

Zotl, A., 1974. Karsthydrogeologie, 291 p. Springer, Vienna.
                                        175

-------